gpac(1)

NAME

gpac - GPAC command-line filter session manager

SYNOPSIS

gpac [options]FILTER[LINK]FILTER[...]

DESCRIPTION

This page describes all filters usually present in GPAC To check for help on a filter not listed here, use gpac -h myfilter

inspect

Description: Packet inspector
The inspect filter can be used to dump PID and packets. It may also be used to check parts of payload of the packets.
The default options inspect only PID changes.
If .I full is not set, .I mode is forced to frame and PID properties are formatted in human-readable form, one PID per line.
Otherwise, all properties are dumped.
Note: specifying .I xml, .I analyze, .I fmt or using -for-test will force .I full to true.

Custom property dumping

The packet inspector can be configured to dump specific properties of packets using .I fmt.
When the option is not present, all properties are dumped. Otherwise, only properties identified by $TOKEN$ are printed. You may use '$', '@' or '%' for TOKEN separator. TOKEN can be:
* pn: packet (frame in framed mode) number
* dts: decoding time stamp in stream timescale, N/A if not available
* ddts: difference between current and previous packets decoding time stamp in stream timescale, N/A if not available
* cts: composition time stamp in stream timescale, N/A if not available
* dcts: difference between current and previous packets composition time stamp in stream timescale, N/A if not available
* ctso: difference between composition time stamp and decoding time stamp in stream timescale, N/A if not available
* tmcd: timecode as provided in SEI, N/A if not available (requires reframer)
* dur: duration in stream timescale
* frame: framing status
  * interface: complete AU, interface object (no size info). Typically a GL texture
  * frame_full: complete AU
  * frame_start: beginning of frame
  * frame_end: end of frame
  * frame_cont: frame continuation (not beginning, not end)
* sap or rap: SAP type of the frame
* ilace: interlacing flag (0: progressive, 1: top field, 2: bottom field)
* corr: corrupted packet flag
* seek: seek flag
* bo: byte offset in source, N/A if not available
* roll: roll info
* crypt: crypt flag
* vers: carousel version number
* size: size of packet
* csize: total size of packets received so far
* crc: 32 bit CRC of packet
* lf or n: insert new line
* t: insert tab
* data: hex dump of packet (big output!) or as string if legal UTF-8
* lp: leading picture flag
* depo: depends on other packet flag
* depf: is depended on other packet flag
* red: redundant coding flag
* start: packet composition time as HH:MM:SS.ms
* startc: packet composition time as HH:MM:SS,ms
* end: packet end time as HH:MM:SS.ms
* endc: packet end time as HH:MM:SS,ms
* ck: clock type used for PCR discontinuities
* pcr: MPEG-2 TS last PCR, n/a if not available
* pcrd: difference between last PCR and decoding time, n/a if no PCR available
* pcrc: difference between last PCR and composition time, n/a if no PCR available
* P4CC: 4CC of packet property
* PropName: Name of packet property
* pid.P4CC: 4CC of PID property
* pid.PropName: Name of PID property
* fn: Filter name
Example
fmt="PID $pid.ID$ packet $pn$ DTS $dts$ CTS $cts$ $lf$"
This dumps packet number, cts and dts as follows: PID 1 packet 10 DTS 100 CTS 108

An unrecognized keyword or missing property will resolve to an empty string.
Note: when dumping in interleaved mode, there is no guarantee that the packets will be dumped in their original sequence order since the inspector fetches one packet at a time on each PID.

Note on playback

Buffering can be enabled to check the input filter chain behaviour, e.g. check HAS adaptation logic.
The various buffering options control when packets are consumed. Buffering events are logged using media@info for state changes and media@debug for media filling events.
The .I speed option is only used to configure the filter chain but is ignored by the filter when consuming packets.
If real-time consumption is required, a reframer filter must be setup before the inspect filter.
Example
gpac -i SRC reframer:rt=on inspect:buffer=10000:rbuffer=1000:mbuffer=30000:speed=2
This will play the session at 2x speed, using 30s of maximum buffering, consuming packets after 10s of media are ready and rebuffering if less than 1s of media.

Options (expert):

log (str, default: stdout, Enum: _any|stderr|stdout|GLOG|TL|null): set probe log filename
* _any: target file path and name
* stderr: dump to stderr
* stdout: dump to stdout
* GLOG: use GPAC logs app@info
* TL: use GPAC log tool TL at level info
* null: silent mode
mode (enum, default: pck): dump mode
* pck: dump full packet
* blk: dump packets before reconstruction
* frame: force reframer
* raw: dump source packets without demultiplexing
interleave (bool, default: true): dump packets as they are received on each PID. If false, logs are reported for each PID at end of session
deep (bool, default: false, updatable): dump packets along with PID state change, implied when .I fmt is set
props (bool, default: true, updatable): dump packet properties, ignored when .I fmt is set
dump_data (bool, default: false, updatable): enable full data dump (very large output), ignored when .I fmt is set
fmt (str, updatable): set packet dump format
hdr (bool, default: true): print a header corresponding to fmt string without '$' or "pid"
allp (bool, default: false): analyse for the entire duration, rather than stopping when all PIDs are found
info (bool, default: false, updatable): monitor PID info changes
full (bool, default: false, updatable): full dump of PID properties (always on if XML)
pcr (bool, default: false, updatable): dump M2TS PCR info
speed (dbl, default: 1.0): set playback command speed. If negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
dur (frac, default: 0/0): set inspect duration
analyze (enum, default: off, updatable): analyze sample content (NALU, OBU), similar to -bsdbg option of reframer filters
* off: no analyzing
* on: simple analyzing
* bs: log bitstream syntax (all elements read from bitstream)
* full: log bitstream syntax and bit sizes signaled as (N) after field value, except 1-bit fields (omitted)
xml (bool, default: false, updatable): use xml formatting (implied if (-analyze]() is set) and disable .I fmt
crc (bool, default: false, updatable): dump crc of samples of subsamples (NALU or OBU) when analyzing
fftmcd (bool, default: false, updatable): consider timecodes use ffmpeg-compatible signaling rather than QT compliant one
dtype (bool, default: false, updatable): dump property type
buffer (uint, default: 0): set playback buffer in ms
mbuffer (uint, default: 0): set max buffer occupancy in ms. If less than buffer, use buffer
rbuffer (uint, default: 0, updatable): rebuffer trigger in ms. If 0 or more than buffer, disable rebuffering
stats (bool, default: false): compute statistics for PIDs
timeout (uint, default: 5000): timeout in ms when doing simple inspection in case no packets are received on some PIDs
test (enum, default: no, updatable): skip predefined set of properties, used for test mode
* no: no properties skipped
* noprop: all properties/info changes on PID are skipped, only packets are dumped
* network: URL/path dump, cache state, file size properties skipped (used for hashing network results)
* netx: same as network but skip track duration and templates (used for hashing progressive load of fmp4)
* encode: same as network plus skip decoder config (used for hashing encoding results)
* encx: same as encode and skip bitrates, media data size and co
* nocrc: disable packet CRC dump
* nobr: skip bitrate

probe

Description: Source prober
The Probe filter is used by applications (typically MP4Box) to query demultiplexed PIDs (audio, video, ...) available in a source chain.
The filter outputs the number of input PIDs in the file specified by .I log.
It is up to the app developer to query input PIDs of the prober and take appropriated decisions.

Options (expert):

log (str, default: stdout, Enum: _any|stderr|stdout|GLOG|null): set probe log filename to print number of streams
* _any: target file path and name
* stderr: dump to stderr
* stdout: dump to stdout
* GLOG: use GPAC logs app@info
* null: silent mode

compositor

Description: Compositor
The GPAC compositor allows mixing audio, video, text and graphics in a timed fashion.
The compositor operates either in media-client or filter-only mode.

Media-client mode

In this mode, the compositor acts as a pseudo-sink for the video side and creates its own output window.
The video frames are dispatched to the output video PID in the form of frame pointers requiring later GPU read if used.
The audio part acts as a regular filter, potentially mixing and resampling the audio inputs to generate its output.
User events are directly processed by the filter in this mode.

Filter mode

In this mode, the compositor acts as a regular filter generating frames based on the loaded scene.
It will generate its outputs based on the input video frames, and will process user event sent by consuming filter(s).
If no input video frames (e.g. pure BIFS / SVG / VRML), the filter will generate frames based on the .I fps, at constant or variable frame rate.
It will stop generating frames as soon as all input streams are done, unless extended/reduced by .I dur.
If audio streams are loaded, an audio output PID is created.
The default output pixel format in filter mode is:
- rgb when the filter is explicitly loaded by the application
- rgba when the filter is loaded during a link resolution
This can be changed by assigning the .I opfmt option.
If either .I opfmt specifies alpha channel or .I bc is not 0 but has alpha=0, background creation in default scene will be skipped.
In filter-only mode, the special URL gpid:// is used to locate PIDs in the scene description, in order to design scenes independently from source media.
When such a PID is associated to a Background2D node in BIFS (no SVG mapping yet), the compositor operates in pass-through mode.
In this mode, only new input frames on the pass-through PID will generate new frames, and the scene clock matches the input packet time.
The output size and pixel format will be set to the input size and pixel format, unless specified otherwise in the filter options.
If only 2D graphics are used and display driver is not forced, 2D rasterizer will happen in the output pixel format (including YUV pixel formats).
In this case, in-place processing (rasterizing over the input frame data) will be used whenever allowed by input data.
If 3D graphics are used or display driver is forced, OpenGL will be used on offscreen surface and the output packet will be an OpenGL texture.

Specific URL syntaxes

The compositor accepts any URL type supported by GPAC. It also accepts the following schemes for URLs:
* views:// : creates an auto-stereo scene of N views from views://v1::.::vN
* mosaic:// : creates a mosaic of N views from mosaic://v1::.::vN
For both syntaxes, vN can be any type of URL supported by GPAC.
For views:// syntax, the number of rendered views is set by .I nbviews:
- If the URL gives less views than rendered, the views will be repeated
- If the URL gives more views than rendered, the extra views will be ignored
The compositor can act as a source filter when the .I src option is explicitly set, independently from the operating mode:
gpac compositor:src=source.mp4 vout
The compositor can act as a source filter when the source url uses one of the compositor built-in protocol schemes:
gpac -i mosaic://URL1:URL2 vout

Options (expert):

aa (enum, default: all, updatable): set anti-aliasing mode for raster graphics; whether the setting is applied or not depends on the graphics module or graphic card
* none: no anti-aliasing
* text: anti-aliasing for text only
* all: complete anti-aliasing
hlfill (uint, default: 0x0, updatable): set highlight fill color (ARGB)
hlline (uint, default: 0xFF000000, updatable): set highlight stroke color (ARGB)
hllinew (flt, default: 1.0, updatable): set highlight stroke width
sz (bool, default: true, updatable): enable scalable zoom. When scalable zoom is enabled, resizing the output window will also recompute all vectorial objects. Otherwise only the final buffer is stretched
bc (uint, default: 0, updatable): default background color to use when displaying transparent images or video with no scene composition instructions
yuvhw (bool, default: true, updatable): enable YUV hardware for 2D blit
blitp (bool, default: true, updatable): partial hardware blit. If not set, will force more redraw
softblt (bool, default: true): enable software blit/stretch in 2D. If disabled, vector graphics rasterizer will always be used
stress (bool, default: false, updatable): enable stress mode of compositor (rebuild all vector graphics and texture states at each frame)
fast (bool, default: false, updatable): enable speed optimization - whether the setting is applied or not depends on the graphics module / graphic card
bvol (enum, default: no, updatable): draw bounding volume of objects
* no: disable bounding box
* box: draws a rectangle (2D) or box (3D)
* aabb: draws axis-aligned bounding-box tree (3D) or rectangle (2D)
textxt (enum, default: default, updatable): specify whether text shall be drawn to a texture and then rendered or directly rendered. Using textured text can improve text rendering in 3D and also improve text-on-video like content
* default: use texturing for OpenGL rendering, no texture for 2D rasterizer
* never: never uses text textures
* always: always render text to texture before drawing
out8b (bool, default: false, updatable): convert 10-bit video to 8 bit texture before GPU upload
drop (bool, default: false, updatable): drop late frame when drawing. If not set, frames are not dropped until a desynchronization of 1 second or more is observed
sclock (bool, default: false, updatable): force synchronizing all streams on a single clock
sgaze (bool, default: false, updatable): simulate gaze events through mouse
ckey (uint, default: 0, updatable): color key to use in windowless mode (0xFFRRGGBB). GPAC currently does not support true alpha blitting to desktop due to limitations in most windowing toolkit, it therefore uses color keying mechanism. The alpha part of the key is used for global transparency of the output, if supported
timeout (uint, default: 10000, updatable): timeout in ms after which a source is considered dead (0 disable timeout)
fps (frac, default: 30/1, updatable): simulation frame rate when animation-only sources are played (ignored when video is present)
timescale (uint, default: 0, updatable): timescale used for output packets when no input video PID. A value of 0 means fps numerator
autofps (bool, default: true): use video input fps for output, ignored in player mode. If no video or not set, uses .I fps
vfr (bool, default: false): only emit frames when changes are detected. (always true in player mode and when filter is dynamically loaded)
dur (dbl, default: 0, updatable): duration of generation. Mostly used when no video input is present. Negative values mean number of frames, positive values duration in second, 0 stops as soon as all streams are done
fsize (bool, default: false, updatable): force the scene to resize to the biggest bitmap available if no size info is given in the BIFS configuration
mode2d (enum, default: defer, updatable): specify whether immediate drawing should be used or not
* immediate: the screen is completely redrawn at each frame (always on if pass-through mode is detected)
* defer: object positioning is tracked from frame to frame and dirty rectangles info is collected in order to redraw the minimal amount of the screen buffer
* debug: only renders changed areas, resetting other areas
Whether the setting is applied or not depends on the graphics module and player mode
amc (bool, default: true): audio multichannel support; if disabled always down-mix to stereo. Useful if the multichannel output does not work properly
asr (uint, default: 0): force output sample rate (0 for auto)
ach (uint, default: 0): force output channels (0 for auto)
alayout (uint, default: 0): force output channel layout (0 for auto)
afmt (afmt, default: s16, Enum: none|u8|s16|s16b|s24|s24b|s32|s32b|flt|fltb|dbl|dblb|u8p|s16p|s24p|s32p|fltp|dblp): force output channel format (0 for auto)
asize (uint, default: 1024): audio output packet size in samples
abuf (uint, default: 100): audio output buffer duration in ms - the audio renderer fills the output PID up to this value. A too low value will lower latency but can have real-time playback issues
avol (uint, default: 100, updatable): audio volume in percent
apan (uint, default: 50, updatable): audio pan in percent, 50 is no pan
async (bool, default: true, updatable): audio resynchronization; if disabled, audio data is never dropped but may get out of sync
max_aspeed (dbl, default: 2.0, updatable): silence audio if playback speed is greater than specified value
max_vspeed (dbl, default: 4.0, updatable): move to i-frame only decoding if playback speed is greater than specified value
buffer (uint, default: 3000, updatable): playout buffer in ms (overridden by BufferLength property of input PID)
rbuffer (uint, default: 1000, updatable): rebuffer trigger in ms (overridden by RebufferLength property of input PID)
mbuffer (uint, default: 3000, updatable): max buffer in ms, must be greater than playout buffer (overridden by BufferMaxOccupancy property of input PID)
ntpsync (uint, default: 0, updatable): ntp resync threshold in ms (drops frame if their NTP is more than the given threshold above local ntp), 0 disables ntp drop
nojs (bool, default: false): disable javascript
noback (bool, default: false): ignore background nodes and viewport fill (useful when dumping to PNG)
ogl (enum, default: auto, updatable): specify 2D rendering mode
* auto: automatically decides between on, off and hybrid based on content
* off: disables OpenGL; 3D will not be rendered
* on: uses OpenGL for all graphics; this will involve polygon tesselation and 2D graphics will not look as nice as 2D mode
* hybrid: the compositor performs software drawing of 2D graphics with no textures (better quality) and uses OpenGL for all 2D objects with textures and 3D objects
pbo (bool, default: false, updatable): enable PixelBufferObjects to push YUV textures to GPU in OpenGL Mode. This may slightly increase the performances of the playback
nav (enum, default: none, updatable): override the default navigation mode of MPEG-4/VRML (Walk) and X3D (Examine)
* none: disables navigation
* walk: 3D world walk
* fly: 3D world fly (no ground detection)
* pan: 2D/3D world zoom/pan
* game: 3D world game (mouse gives walk direction)
* slide: 2D/3D world slide
* exam: 2D/3D object examine
* orbit: 3D object orbit
* vr: 3D world VR (yaw/pitch/roll)
linegl (bool, default: false, updatable): indicate that outlining shall be done through OpenGL pen width rather than vectorial outlining
epow2 (bool, default: true, updatable): emulate power-of-2 textures for OpenGL (old hardware). Ignored if OpenGL rectangular texture extension is enabled
* true: video texture is not resized but emulated with padding. This usually speeds up video mapping on shapes but disables texture transformations
* false: video is resized to a power of 2 texture when mapping to a shape
paa (bool, default: false, updatable): indicate whether polygon antialiasing should be used in full antialiasing mode. If not set, only lines and points antialiasing are used
bcull (enum, default: on, updatable): indicate whether backface culling shall be disable or not
* on: enables backface culling
* off: disables backface culling
* alpha: only enables backface culling for transparent meshes
wire (enum, default: none, updatable): wireframe mode
* none: objects are drawn as solid
* only: objects are drawn as wireframe only
* solid: objects are drawn as solid and wireframe is then drawn
norms (enum, default: none, updatable): normal vector drawing for debug
* none: no normals drawn
* face: one normal per face drawn
* vertex: one normal per vertex drawn
rext (bool, default: true, updatable): use non power of two (rectangular) texture GL extension
cull (bool, default: true, updatable): use aabb culling: large objects are rendered in multiple calls when not fully in viewport
depth_gl_scale (flt, default: 100, updatable): set depth scaler
depth_gl_type (enum, default: none, updatable): set geometry type used to draw depth video
* none: no geometric conversion
* point: compute point cloud from pixel+depth
* strip: same as point but thins point set
nbviews (uint, default: 0, updatable): number of views to use in stereo mode
stereo (enum, default: none, updatable): stereo output type. If your graphic card does not support OpenGL shaders, only top and side modes will be available
* none: no stereo
* side: images are displayed side by side from left to right
* top: images are displayed from top (laft view) to bottom (right view)
* hmd: same as side except that view aspect ratio is not changed
* ana: standard color anaglyph (red for left view, green and blue for right view) is used (forces views=2)
* cols: images are interleaved by columns, left view on even columns and left view on odd columns (forces views=2)
* rows: images are interleaved by columns, left view on even rows and left view on odd rows (forces views=2)
* spv5: images are interleaved by for SpatialView 5 views display, fullscreen mode (forces views=5)
* alio8: images are interleaved by for Alioscopy 8 views displays, fullscreen mode (forces views=8)
* custom: images are interleaved according to the shader file indicated in .I mvshader. The shader is exposed each view as uniform sampler2D gfViewX, where X is the view number starting from the left
mvshader (str, updatable): file path to the custom multiview interleaving shader
fpack (enum, default: none, updatable): default frame packing of input video
* none: no frame packing
* top: top bottom frame packing
* side: side by side packing
camlay (enum, default: offaxis, updatable): camera layout in multiview modes
* straight: camera is moved along a straight line, no rotation
* offaxis: off-axis projection is used
* linear: camera is moved along a straight line with rotation
* circular: camera is moved along a circle with rotation
iod (flt, default: 6.4, updatable): inter-ocular distance (eye separation) in cm (distance between the cameras).
rview (bool, default: false, updatable): reverse view order
dbgpack (bool, default: false, updatable): view packed stereo video as single image (show all)
tvtn (uint, default: 30, updatable): number of point sampling for tile visibility algorithm
tvtt (uint, default: 8, updatable): number of points above which the tile is considered visible
tvtd (enum, default: off, updatable): debug tiles and full coverage SRD
* off: regular draw
* partial: only displaying partial tiles, not the full sphere video
* full: only display the full sphere video
tvtf (bool, default: false, updatable): force all tiles to be considered visible, regardless of viewpoint
fov (flt, default: 1.570796326794897, updatable): default field of view for VR
vertshader (str): path to vertex shader file
fragshader (str): path to fragment shader file
autocal (bool, default: false, updatable): auto calibration of znear/zfar in depth rendering mode
dispdepth (sint, default: -1, updatable): display depth, negative value uses default screen height
dispdist (flt, default: 50, updatable): distance in cm between the camera and the zero-disparity plane. There is currently no automatic calibration of depth in GPAC
focdist (flt, default: 0, updatable): distance of focus point
osize (v2di, default: 0x0, updatable): force output size. If not set, size is derived from inputs
dpi (v2di, default: 96x96, updatable): default dpi if not indicated by video output
dbgpvr (flt, default: 0, updatable): debug scene used by PVR addon
player (enum, default: no): set compositor in player mode
* no: regular mode
* base: player mode
* gui: player mode with GUI auto-start
noaudio (bool, default: false): disable audio output
opfmt (pfmt, default: none, Enum: none|yuv420|yvu420|yuv420_10|yuv422|yuv422_10|yuv444|yuv444_10|uyvy|vyuy|yuyv|yvyu|uyvl|vyul|yuyl|yvyl|nv12|nv21|nv1l|nv2l|yuva|yuvd|yuv444a|yuv444p|v308|yuv444ap|v408|v410|v210|grey|algr|gral|rgb8|rgb4|rgb5|rgb6|rgba|argb|bgra|abgr|rgb|bgr|xrgb|rgbx|xbgr|bgrx|rgbd|rgbds|uncv): pixel format to use for output. Ignored in .I player mode
drv (enum, default: auto): indicate if graphics driver should be used
* no: never loads a graphics driver, software blit is used, no 3D possible (in player mode, disables OpenGL)
* yes: always loads a graphics driver, output pixel format will be RGB (in player mode, same as auto)
* auto: decides based on the loaded content
src (cstr): URL of source content
gaze_x (sint, default: 0, updatable): horizontal gaze coordinate (0=left, width=right)
gaze_y (sint, default: 0, updatable): vertical gaze coordinate (0=top, height=bottom)
gazer_enabled (bool, default: false, updatable): enable gaze event dispatch
subtx (sint, default: 0, updatable): horizontal translation in pixels towards right for subtitles renderers
subty (sint, default: 0, updatable): vertical translation in pixels towards top for subtitles renderers
subfs (uint, default: 0, updatable): font size for subtitles renderers (0 means automatic)
subd (sint, default: 0, updatable): subtitle delay in milliseconds for subtitles renderers
audd (sint, default: 0, updatable): audio delay in milliseconds
clipframe (bool, default: false): visual output is clipped to bounding rectangle

mp4dmx

Description: ISOBMFF/QT demultiplexer
This filter demultiplexes ISOBMF and QT files.
Input ISOBMFF/QT can be regular or fragmented, and available as files or as raw bytestream.

Track Selection

The filter can use fragment identifiers of source to select a single track for playback. The allowed fragments are:
 * #audio: only use the first audio track
 * #video: only use the first video track
 * #auxv: only use the first auxiliary video track
 * #pict: only use the first picture track
 * #text: only use the first text track
 * #trackID=VAL: only use the track with given ID
 * #itemID=VAL: only use the item with given ID
 * #ID=VAL: only use the track/item with given ID
 * #VAL: only use the track/item with given ID

Scalable Tracks

When scalable tracks are present in a file, the reader can operate in 3 modes using .I smode option:
* smode=single: resolves all extractors to extract a single bitstream from a scalable set. The highest level is used
In this mode, there is no enhancement decoder config, only a base one resulting from the merge of the layers configurations
* smode=split: all extractors are removed and every track of the scalable set is declared. In this mode, each enhancement track has no base decoder config
and an enhancement decoder config.
* smode=splitx: extractors are kept in the bitstream, and every track of the scalable set is declared. In this mode, each enhancement track has a base decoder config
 (copied from base) and an enhancement decoder config. This is mostly used for DASHing content.
Warning: smode=splitx will result in extractor NAL units still present in the output bitstream, which shall only be true if the output is ISOBMFF based

Options (expert):

src (cstr): local file name of source content (only used when explicitly loading the filter)
allt (bool, default: false): load all tracks even if unknown media type
edits (enum, default: auto): do not use edit lists
* auto: track delay and no edit list when possible
* no: ignore edit list
* strict: use edit list even if only signaling a delay
itt (bool, default: false): convert all items of root meta into a single PID
itemid (bool, default: true): keep item IDs in PID properties
smode (enum, default: split): load mode for scalable/tile tracks
* split: each track is declared, extractors are removed
* splitx: each track is declared, extractors are kept
* single: a single track is declared (highest level for scalable, tile base for tiling)
alltk (bool, default: false): declare disabled tracks
frame_size (uint, default: 1024): frame size for raw audio samples (dispatches frame_size samples per packet)
expart (bool, default: false): expose cover art as a dedicated video PID
sigfrag (bool, default: false): signal fragment and segment boundaries of source on output packets, fails if source is not fragmented
tkid (str): declare only track based on given param
* integer value: declares track with the given ID
* audio: declares first audio track
* video: declares first video track
* 4CC: declares first track with matching 4CC for handler type
stsd (uint, default: 0): only extract sample mapped to the given sample description index (0 means extract all)
nocrypt (bool): signal encrypted tracks as non encrypted (mostly used for export)
mstore_size (uint, default: 1000000): target buffer size in bytes when reading from memory stream (pipe etc...)
mstore_purge (uint, default: 50000): minimum size in bytes between memory purges when reading from memory stream, 0 means purge as soon as possible
mstore_samples (uint, default: 50): minimum number of samples to be present before purging sample tables when reading from memory stream (pipe etc...), 0 means purge as soon as possible
strtxt (bool, default: false): load text tracks (apple/tx3g) as MPEG-4 streaming text tracks
xps_check (enum, default: auto): parameter sets extraction mode from AVC/HEVC/VVC samples
* keep: do not inspect sample (assumes input file is compliant when generating DASH/HLS/CMAF)
* rem: removes all inband xPS and notify configuration changes accordingly
* auto: resolves to keep for smode=splitx (dasher mode), rem otherwise
nodata (enum, default: no): control sample data loading
* no: regular load
* yes: skip data loading
* fake: allocate sample but no data copy
lightp (bool, default: false): load minimal set of properties
initseg (str): local init segment name when input is a single ISOBMFF segment
extk (bool, default: true): allow external track loading
ctso (sint): value to add to CTS offset for tracks using negative ctts
- set to -1 to use the cslg box info or the minimum cts offset present in the track
- set to -2 to use the minimum cts offset present in the track (cslg ignored)
norw (bool, default: false): skip reformatting of samples - should only be used when rewriting fragments
keepc (bool, default: true): keep corrupted samples (for multicast sources only)

bifsdec

Description: MPEG-4 BIFS decoder
This filter decodes MPEG-4 BIFS binary frames directly into the scene graph of the compositor.
Note: This filter cannot be used to dump BIFS content to text or xml, use MP4Box for that.
No options

odfdec

Description: MPEG-4 OD decoder
This filter decodes MPEG-4 OD binary frames directly into the scene manager of the compositor.
Note: This filter cannot be used to dump OD content to text or xml, use MP4Box for that.
No options

fin

Description: File input
This filter dispatch raw blocks from input file into a filter chain.
Block size can be adjusted using .I block_size.
Content format can be forced through .I mime and file extension can be changed through .I ext.
Note: Unless disabled at session level (see .I -no-probe ), file extensions are usually ignored and format probing is done on the first data block.
The special file name null is used for creating a file with no data, needed by some filters such as dasher.
The special file name rand is used to generate random data.
The special file name randsc is used to generate random data with 0x000001 start-code prefix.
The filter handles both files and GF_FileIO objects as input URL.

  Packet Injecting
The filter can be used to inject a single packet instead of a file using .I pck option.
No specific properties are attached, except a timescale if .I ptime is set.
Example
gpac fin:pck=str@"My Sample Text":ptime=2500/100:#CodecID=stxt:#StreamType=text
This will declare the PID as WebVTT and send a single packet with payload My Sample Text and a timestamp value of 25 second.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): location of source file
block_size (uint, default: 0): block size used to read file. 0 means 5000 if file less than 500m, 1M otherwise
range (lfrac, default: 0-0): byte range
ext (cstr): override file extension
mime (cstr): set file mime type
pck (mem): data to use instead of file
ptime (frac, default: 0/0): timing for data packet, ignored if den is 0

btplay

Description: BT/XMT/X3D decoder
This filter parses MPEG-4 BIFS (BT and XMT), VRML97 and X3D (wrl and XML) files directly into the scene graph of the compositor.
When .I sax_dur is set to N, the filter will do a progressive load of the source and cancel current loading when processing time is higher than N.

Options (expert):

sax_dur (uint, default: 0): duration for SAX parsing (XMT), 0 disables SAX parsing

httpin

Description: HTTP input
This filter dispatch raw blocks from a remote HTTP resource into a filter chain.
Block size can be adjusted using .I block_size, and disk caching policies can be adjusted.
Content format can be forced through .I mime and file extension can be changed through .I ext.
The filter supports both http and https schemes, and will attempt reconnecting as TLS if TCP connection fails.
Note: Unless disabled at session level (see .I -no-probe ), file extensions are usually ignored and format probing is done on the first data block.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): URL of source content
block_size (uint, default: 100000): block size used to read file
cache (enum, default: none): set cache mode
* auto: cache to disk if content length is known, no cache otherwise
* disk: cache to disk, discard once session is no longer used
* keep: cache to disk and keep
* mem: stores to memory, discard once session is no longer used
* mem_keep: stores to memory, keep after session is reassigned but move to mem after first download
* none: no cache
* none_keep: stores to memory, keep after session is reassigned but move to none after first download
range (lfrac, default: 0-0): set byte range, as fraction
ext (cstr): override file extension
mime (cstr): set file mime type
blockio (bool, default: false): use blocking IO
idelay (uint, default: 0): delay first request by the given number of ms

svgplay

Description: SVG decoder
This filter parses SVG files directly into the scene graph of the compositor.
When .I sax_dur is set to N, the filter will do a progressive load of the source and cancel current loading when processing time is higher than N.

Options (expert):

sax_dur (uint, default: 0): loading duration for SAX parsing, 0 disables SAX parsing

rfimg

Description: JPG/J2K/PNG/BMP reframer
This filter parses JPG/J2K/PNG/BMP files/data and outputs corresponding visual PID and frames.
The following extensions for PNG change the pixel format for RGBA images:
* pngd: use RGB+depth map pixel format
* pngds: use RGB+depth(7bits)+shape(MSB of alpha channel) pixel format
No options

imgdec

Description: PNG/JPG decoder
This filter decodes JPEG and PNG images.
No options

rfadts

Description: ADTS reframer
This filter parses AAC files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

frame_size (uint, default: 1024): size of AAC frame in audio samples
index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length
ovsbr (bool, default: false): force oversampling SBR (does not multiply timescales by 2)
sbr (enum, default: no): set SBR signaling
* no: no SBR signaling at all
* imp: backward-compatible SBR signaling (audio signaled as AAC-LC)
* exp: explicit SBR signaling (audio signaled as AAC-SBR)
ps (enum, default: no): set PS signaling
* no: no PS signaling at all
* imp: backward-compatible PS signaling (audio signaled as AAC-LC)
* exp: explicit PS signaling (audio signaled as AAC-PS)
expart (bool, default: false): expose pictures as a dedicated video PID
aacchcfg (sint, default: 0): set AAC channel configuration to this value if missing from ADTS header, use negative value to always override

rflatm

Description: LATM reframer
This filter parses AAC in LATM files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

frame_size (uint, default: 1024): size of AAC frame in audio samples
index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length

rfmp3

Description: MP3 reframer
This filter parses MPEG-1/2 audio files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length
expart (bool, default: false): expose pictures as a dedicated video PID
forcemp3 (bool, default: true): force mp3 signaling for MPEG-2 Audio layer 3

faad

Description: FAAD decoder
This filter decodes AAC streams through faad library.
No options

maddec

Description: MAD decoder
This filter decodes MPEG 1/2 audio streams through libmad library.
No options

xviddec

Description: XVid decoder
This filter decodes MPEG-4 part 2 (and DivX) through libxvidcore library.

Options (expert):

deblock_y (bool, default: false): enable Y deblocking
deblock_uv (bool, default: false): enable UV deblocking
film_effect (bool, default: false): enable film effect
dering_y (bool, default: false): enable Y deblocking
dering_uv (bool, default: false): enable UV deblocking

j2kdec

Description: OpenJPEG2000 decoder
Version: 2.x
This filter decodes JPEG2000 streams through OpenJPEG2000 library.
No options

rfac3

Description: AC3 reframer
This filter parses AC3 and E-AC3 files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length

rfac4

Description: AC4 reframer
This filter parses AC4 files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.
No options

ufac4

Description: AC4 writer
This filter converts MPEG-H Audio streams into AC4 encapsulated data.

Options (expert):

rcfg (bool, default: true): force repeating decoder config at each I-frame

a52dec

Description: A52 decoder
This filter decodes AC3 streams through a52dec library.
No options

rfamr

Description: AMR/EVRC reframer
This filter parses AMR, AMR Wideband, EVRC and SMV files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length

oggdmx

Description: OGG demultiplexer
This filter demultiplexes OGG files/data into a set of media PIDs and frames.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length (not implemented), use 0 to disable stream probing for duration),
expart (bool, default: false): expose pictures as a dedicated video PID

vorbisdec

Description: Vorbis decoder
This filter decodes Vorbis streams through libvorbis library.
No options

theoradec

Description: Theora decoder
This filter decodes Theora streams through libtheora library.
No options

m2tsdmx

Description: MPEG-2 TS demultiplexer
This filter demultiplexes MPEG-2 Transport Stream files/data into a set of media PIDs and frames.

Options (expert):

temi_url (cstr): force TEMI URL
dsmcc (bool, default: no): enable DSMCC receiver
seeksrc (bool, default: true): seek local source file back to origin once all programs are setup
sigfrag (bool, default: false): signal segment boundaries on output packets for DASH or HLS sources
dvbtxt (bool, default: false): export DVB teletext streams
upes (enum, default: no): keep unknown PES streams
* no: ignored the streams
* info: declare the stream as fake (no data forward), turns on dvbtxt
* full: declare the stream and sends data
mappcr (bool, default: true): remap PCR and timestamps into continuous timeline

sockin

Description: UDP/TCP input
This filter handles generic TCP and UDP input sockets. It can also probe for MPEG-2 TS over RTP input. Probing of MPEG-2 TS over UDP/RTP is enabled by default but can be turned off.
Data format can be specified by setting either .I ext or .I mime options. If not set, the format will be guessed by probing the first data packet
- UDP sockets are used for source URLs formatted as udp://NAME
- TCP sockets are used for source URLs formatted as tcp://NAME
- UDP unix domain sockets are used for source URLs formatted as udpu://NAME
- TCP unix domain sockets are used for source URLs formatted as tcpu://NAME
When ports are specified in the URL and the default option separators are used (see gpac -h doc), the URL must either:
- have a trailing '/', e.g. udp://localhost:1234/[:opts]
- use gpac separator, e.g. udp://localhost:1234[:gpac:opts]
When the socket is listening in keep-alive .I ka mode:
- a single connection is allowed and a single output PID will be produced
- each connection close event will triger a pipeline flush
On OSX with VM packet replay you will need to force multicast routing, e.g. route add -net 239.255.1.4/32 -interface vboxnet0

Time Regulation

The filter uses the time between the last two received packets to estimates how often it should check for inputs. The maximum and minimum times to wait between two calls is given by the .I mwait option. The maximum time may need to be reduced for very high bitrates sources.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): address of source content
block_size (uint, default: 0x60000): block size used to read socket
port (uint, default: 1234): default port if not specified
ifce (cstr): default multicast interface
listen (bool, default: false): indicate the input socket works in server mode
ka (bool, default: false): keep socket alive if no more connections
maxc (uint, default: +I): max number of concurrent connections
tsprobe (bool, default: true): probe for MPEG-2 TS data, either RTP or raw UDP. Disabled if mime or ext are given and do not match MPEG-2 TS mimes/extensions
ext (str): indicate file extension of udp data
mime (str): indicate mime type of udp data
block (bool, default: false): set blocking mode for socket(s)
timeout (uint, default: 10000): set timeout in ms for UDP socket(s), 0 to disable timeout
mwait (v2di, default: 1x30): set min and max wait times in ms to avoid too frequent polling
reorder_pck (uint, default: 100): number of packets delay for RTP reordering (M2TS over RTP)
reorder_delay (uint, default: 10): number of ms delay for RTP reordering (M2TS over RTP)
ssm (strl): list of IP to include for source-specific multicast
ssmx (strl): list of IP to exclude for source-specific multicast

dvbin

Description: DVB for Linux
This filter reads raw MPEG-2 TS from DVB-T/T2 and DVB-S/S2 cards on linux.
The URL scheme used is dvb:// with the following syntaxes:
* `dvb://CHAN`: tunes to channel CHAN in the channel configuration file.
* `dvb://+CHAN`: tunes to multiplex contaning channel CHAN and expose all programs.
* `dvb://=N`: tunes to the N-th channel in the channel configuration file.
* `dvb://@FREQ`: tunes to frequency FREQ and exposes all channels in multiplex.
* `dvb://@=N`: tunes to N-th frequency and exposes all channels in multiplex.
* `dvb://@chlist`: populates the .I chans option with available channels in the configuration file and do nothing else.
When tuning by channel name CHAN, the first entry in the channel configuration file starting with CHAN will be used.
The channel configuration file is set through .I chcfg. The expected format is VDR as produced by w_scan, with a syntax extended for comment lines, starting with #.
Within a comment line, the following keywords can be used to override defaults:
 * `dev=N`: set the adapter index (N integer) or full path (N string).
 * `idx=K`: set the frontend index K.
 * `csidx=S`: set the committed switch index for DiSEqC.
To view the default channels, use gpac -hx dvbin.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): URL of source content
block_size (uint, default: 65536): block size used to read device
chcfg (cstr, default: $GCFG/channels.conf): path to channels configuration file
dev (str, default: 0): path to DVB adapter - if first character is a number, this is the device index
idx (uint, default: 0): frontend index
timeout (uint, default: 5000): timeout in ms before tune failure
csleep (uint, default: 15): config sleep in ms between DiSEqC commands
csidx (uint, default: 0): committed switch index for DiSEqC
chans (strl): list of all channels, only pupulated for dvb://@chlist URL

osvcdec

Description: OpenSVC decoder
This filter decodes scalable AVC|H264 streams through OpenSVC library.
No options

vtbdec

Description: VideoToolBox decoder
This filter decodes video streams through OSX/iOS VideoToolBox (MPEG-2, H263, AVC|H264, HEVC, ProRes). It allows GPU frame dispatch or direct frame copy.

Options (expert):

reorder (uint, default: 6): number of frames to wait for temporal re-ordering
no_copy (bool, default: true): dispatch decoded frames as OpenGL textures (true) or as copied packets (false)
ofmt (pfmt, default: nv12): set default pixel format for decoded video. If not found, fall back to nv12
disable_hw (bool, default: false): disable hardware decoding
wait_sync (bool, default: false, updatable): wait for sync frame before decoding

mcdec

Description: MediaCodec decoder
This filter decodes video streams using hardware decoder on android devices

Options (expert):

disable_gl (bool, default: false): disable OpenGL texture transfer

lsrdec

Description: MPEG-4 LASeR decoder
This filter decodes MPEG-4 LASeR binary frames directly into the scene graph of the compositor.
Note: This filter cannot be used to dump LASeR content to text or xml, use MP4Box for that.
No options

safdmx

Description: SAF demultiplexer
This filter demultiplexes SAF (MPEG-4 Simple Aggregation Format for LASeR) files/data into a set of media PIDs and frames.
No options

dashin

Description: DASH & HLS client
This filter reads MPEG-DASH, HLS and MS Smooth manifests.

Regular mode

This is the default mode, in which the filter produces media PIDs and frames from sources indicated in the manifest.
The default behavior is to perform adaptation according to .I algo, but the filter can:
- run with no adaptation, to grab maximum quality.
Example
gpac -i MANIFEST_URL:algo=none:start_with=max_bw -o dest.mp4
- run with no adaptation, fetching all qualities.
Example
gpac -i MANIFEST_URL:split_as -o dst=$File$.mp4

File mode

When .I forward is set to file, the client forwards media files without demultiplexing them.
This is mostly used to expose the DASH session to a file server such as ROUTE or HTTP.
In this mode, the manifest is forwarded as an output PID.
Warning: This mode cannot be set through inheritance as it changes the link capabilities of the filter. The filter MUST be explicitly declared.
To expose a live DASH session to route:
gpac -i MANIFEST_URL dashin:forward=file -o route://225.0.0.1:8000/
If the source has dependent media streams (scalability) and all qualities and initialization segments need to be forwarded, add .I split_as.

Segment bound modes

When .I forward is set to segb or mani, the client forwards media frames (after demultiplexing) together with segment and fragment boundaries of source files.
This mode can be used to process media data and regenerate the same manifest/segmentation.
Example
gpac -i MANIFEST_URL:forward=mani cecrypt:cfile=DRM.xml -o encrypted/live.mpd:pssh=mv
This will encrypt an existing DASH session, inject PSSH in manifest and segments.
Example
gpac -i MANIFEST_URL:forward=segb cecrypt:cfile=DRM.xml -o encrypted/live.m3u8
This will encrypt an existing DASH session and republish it as HLS, using same segment names and boundaries.
This mode will force .I noseek=true to ensure the first segment fetched is complete, and .I split_as=true to fetch all qualities.
Each first packet of a segment will have the following properties attached:
* `CueStart`: indicate this is a segment start
* `FileNumber`: current segment number
* `FileName`: current segment file name without manifest (MPD or master HLS) base url
* `DFPStart`: set with value 0 if this is the first packet in the period, absent otherwise
If .I forward is set to mani, the first packet of a segment dispatched after a manifest update will also carry the manifest payload as a property:
* `DFManifest`: contains main manifest (MPD, M3U8 master)
* `DFVariant`: contains list of HLS child playlists as strings for the given quality
* `DFVariantName`: contains list of associated HLS child playlists name, in same order as manifests in DFVariant
Each output PID will have the following properties assigned:
* `DFMode`: set to 1 for segb or 2 for mani
* `DCue`: set to inband
* `DFPStart`: set to current period start value
* `FileName`: set to associated init segment if any
* `Representation`: set to the associated representation ID in the manifest
* `DashDur`: set to the average segment duration as indicated in the manifest
* `source_template`: set to true to indicate the source template is known
* `stl_timescale`: timescale used by SegmentTimeline, or 0 if no SegmentTimeline
* `init_url`: unresolved intialization URL (as it appears in the MPD or in the variant playlist)
* `manifest_url`: manifest URL
* `hls_variant_name`: HLS variant playlist name (as it appears in the HLS master playlist)
When the dasher is used together with this mode, this will force all generated segments to have the same name, duration and fragmentation properties as the input ones. It is therefore not recommended for sessions stored/generated on local storage to generate the output in the same directory.

Options (expert):

auto_switch (sint, default: 0): switch quality every N segments
* positive: go to higher quality or loop to lowest
* negative: go to lower quality or loop to highest
* 0: disabled
segstore (enum, default: mem): enable file caching
* mem: all files are stored in memory, no disk IO
* disk: files are stored to disk but discarded once played
* cache: all files are stored to disk and kept
algo (str, default: gbuf, Enum: none|grate|gbuf|bba0|bolaf|bolab|bolau|bolao|JS): adaptation algorithm to use
* none: no adaptation logic
* grate: GPAC legacy algo based on available rate
* gbuf: GPAC legacy algo based on buffer occupancy
* bba0: BBA-0
* bolaf: BOLA Finite
* bolab: BOLA Basic
* bolau: BOLA-U
* bolao: BOLA-O
* JS: use file JS (either with specified path or in $GSHARE/scripts/) for algo (.js extension may be omitted)
start_with (enum, default: max_bw): initial selection criteria
* min_q: start with lowest quality
* max_q: start with highest quality
* min_bw: start with lowest bitrate
* max_bw: start with highest bitrate; if tiles are used, all low priority tiles will have the lower (below max) bandwidth selected
* max_bw_tiles: start with highest bitrate; if tiles are used, all low priority tiles will have their lowest bandwidth selected
max_res (bool, default: true): use max media resolution to configure display
abort (bool, default: false): allow abort during a segment download
use_bmin (enum, default: auto): playout buffer handling
* no: use default player settings
* auto: notify player of segment duration if not low latency
* mpd: use the indicated min buffer time of the MPD
shift_utc (sint, default: 0): shift DASH UTC clock in ms
spd (sint, default: -I): suggested presentation delay in ms
mcast_shift (sint, default: 0): shift requests time by given ms for multicast sources
server_utc (bool, default: yes): use ServerUTC or Date HTTP headers instead of local UTC
screen_res (bool, default: yes): use screen resolution in selection phase
init_timeshift (sint, default: 0): set initial timeshift in ms (if >0) or in per-cent of timeshift buffer (if <0)
tile_mode (enum, default: none): tile adaptation mode
* none: bitrate is shared equally across all tiles
* rows: bitrate decreases for each row of tiles starting from the top, same rate for each tile on the row
* rrows: bitrate decreases for each row of tiles starting from the bottom, same rate for each tile on the row
* mrows: bitrate decreased for top and bottom rows only, same rate for each tile on the row
* cols: bitrate decreases for each columns of tiles starting from the left, same rate for each tile on the columns
* rcols: bitrate decreases for each columns of tiles starting from the right, same rate for each tile on the columns
* mcols: bitrate decreased for left and right columns only, same rate for each tile on the columns
* center: bitrate decreased for all tiles on the edge of the picture
* edges: bitrate decreased for all tiles on the center of the picture
tiles_rate (uint, default: 100): indicate the amount of bandwidth to use at each quality level. The rate is recursively applied at each level, e.g. if 50%, Level1 gets 50%, level2 gets 25%, ... If 100, automatic rate allocation will be done by maximizing the quality in order of priority. If 0, bitstream will not be smoothed across tiles/qualities, and concurrency may happen between different media
delay40X (uint, default: 500): delay in milliseconds to wait between two 40X on the same segment
exp_threshold (uint, default: 100): delay in milliseconds to wait after the segment AvailabilityEndDate before considering the segment lost
switch_count (uint, default: 1): indicate how many segments the client shall wait before switching up bandwidth. If 0, switch will happen as soon as the bandwidth is enough, but this is more prone to network variations
aggressive (bool, default: no): if enabled, switching algo targets the closest bandwidth fitting the available download rate. If no, switching algo targets the lowest bitrate representation that is above the currently played (e.g. does not try to switch to max bandwidth)
debug_as (uintl): play only the adaptation sets indicated by their indices (0-based) in the MPD
speedadapt (bool, default: no): enable adaptation based on playback speed
noxlink (bool, default: no): disable xlink if period has both xlink and adaptation sets
query (str): set query string (without initial '?') to append to xlink of periods
split_as (bool, default: no): separate all qualities into different adaptation sets and stream all qualities. Dependent representations (scalable) are treated as independent
noseek (bool, default: no): disable seeking of initial segment(s) in dynamic mode (useful when UTC clocks do not match)
bwcheck (uint, default: 5): minimum time in milliseconds between two bandwidth checks when allowing segment download abort
lowlat (enum, default: early): segment scheduling policy in low latency mode
* no: disable low latency
* strict: strict respect of AST offset in low latency
* early: allow fetching segments earlier than their AST in low latency when input PID is empty
forward (enum, default: none): segment forwarding mode
* none: regular DASH read
* file: do not demultiplex files and forward them as file PIDs (imply segstore=mem)
* segb: turn on .I split_as, segment and fragment bounds signaling (sigfrag) in sources and DASH cue insertion
* mani: same as segb and also forward manifests
fmodefwd (bool, default: yes): forward packet rather than copy them in file forward mode. Packet copy might improve performances in low latency mode
skip_lqt (bool, default: no): disable decoding of tiles with highest degradation hints (not visible, not gazed at) for debug purposes
llhls_merge (bool, default: yes): merge LL-HLS byte range parts into a single open byte range request
groupsel (bool, default: no): select groups based on language (by default all playable groups are exposed)
xas (enum, default: codec): enable cross adaptation set switching (disabled if .I split_as is set)
* no: disabled
* codec: switching across sets only allowed for same codec
* all: switching across sets allowed across any representation types
chain_mode (enum, default: on): MPD chaining mode
* off: do not use MPD chaining
* on: use MPD chaining once over, fallback if MPD load failure
* error: use MPD chaining once over or if error (MPD or segment download)
asloop (bool, default: false): when auto switch is enabled, iterates back and forth from highest to lowest qualities
bsmerge (bool, default: true): allow merging of video bitstreams (only HEVC for now)
keep_burl (enum, default: strip): control BaseURL in manifest
* strip: strip BaseURL (default)
* keep: keep BaseURL
* inject: inject local relative URL before BaseURL value specified by relative_url option
relative_url (str, default: ./): relative string to inject before BaseURL when keep_base_url is set to inject

cdcrypt

Description: CENC decryptor
The CENC decryptor supports decrypting CENC, ISMA, HLS Sample-AES (MPEG2 ts) and Adobe streams.
For HLS, key is retrieved according to the key URI in the manifest.
Otherwise, the filter uses a configuration file.
The syntax is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/Common-Encryption
The DRM config file can be set per PID using the property DecryptInfo (highest priority), CryptInfo (lower priority) or set at the filter level using .I cfile (lowest priority).
When the file is set per PID, the first CryptInfo with the same ID is used, otherwise the first CryptInfo is used.When the file is set globally (not per PID), the first CrypTrack in the DRM config file with the same ID is used, otherwise the first CrypTrack with ID 0 or not set is used.

Options (expert):

cfile (str): crypt file location
decrypt (enum, default: full): decrypt mode (CENC only)
* full: decrypt everything, throwing error if keys are not found
* nokey: decrypt everything for which a key is found, skip decryption otherwise
* skip: decrypt nothing
* pad0: decrypt nothing and replace all crypted bits with 0
* pad1: decrypt nothing and replace all crypted bits with 1
* padsc: decrypt nothing and replace all crypted bytes with start codes
drop_keys (uintl): consider keys with given 1-based indexes as not available (multi-key debug)
kids (strl): define KIDs. If keys is empty, consider keys with given KID (as hex string) as not available (debug)
keys (strl): define key values for each of the specified KID
hls_cenc_patch_iv (bool, default: false): ignore IV updates in some broken HLS+CENC streams

cecrypt

Description: CENC encryptor
The CENC encryptor supports CENC, ISMA and Adobe encryption. It uses a DRM config file for declaring keys.
The syntax is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/Common-Encryption
The DRM config file can be set per PID using the property CryptInfo, or set at the filter level using .I cfile.
When the DRM config file is set per PID, the first CrypTrack in the DRM config file with the same ID is used, otherwise the first CrypTrack is used (regardless of the CrypTrack ID).
When the DRM config file is set globally (not per PID), the first CrypTrack in the DRM config file with the same ID is used, otherwise the first CrypTrack with ID 0 or not set is used.
If no DRM config file is defined for a given PID, this PID will not be encrypted, or an error will be thrown if .I allc is specified.

Options (expert):

cfile (str): crypt file location
allc (bool): throw error if no DRM config file is found for a PID
bk_stats (bool): print number of encrypted blocks to stdout upon exit
bk_skip (bool): skip encryption but performs all other tasks (test mode)

mp4mx

Description: ISOBMFF/QT multiplexer
This filter multiplexes streams to ISOBMFF (14496-12 and derived specifications) or QuickTime

Tracks and Items

By default all input PIDs with ItemID property set are multiplexed as items, otherwise they are multiplexed as tracks.
To prevent source items to be multiplexed as items, use .I -itemid option from ISOBMFF demultiplexer.
Example
gpac -i source.mp4:itemid=false -o file.mp4

To force non-item streams to be multiplexed as items, use #ItemID option on that PID:
gpac -i source.jpg:#ItemID=1 -o file.mp4

Storage

The .I store option allows controlling if the file is fragmented or not, and when not fragmented, how interleaving is done. For cases where disk requirements are tight and fragmentation cannot be used, it is recommended to use either flat or fstart modes.

The .I vodcache option allows controlling how DASH onDemand segments are generated:
- If set to on, file data is stored to a temporary file on disk and flushed upon completion, no padding is present.
- If set to insert, SIDX/SSIX will be injected upon completion of the file by shifting bytes in file. In this case, no padding is required but this might not be compatible with all output sinks and will take longer to write the file.
- If set to replace, SIDX/SSIX size will be estimated based on duration and DASH segment length, and padding will be used in the file before the final SIDX. If input PIDs have the properties DSegs set, this will used be as the number of segments.
The on and insert modes will produce exactly the same file, while the mode replace may inject a free box before the sidx.

Custom boxes

Custom boxes can be specified as box patches:
For movie-level patch, the .I boxpatch option of the filter should be used.
Per PID box patch can be specified through the PID property boxpatch.
Example
gpac -i source:#boxpatch=myfile.xml -o mux.mp4
Per Item box patch can be specified through the PID property boxpatch.
Example
gpac -i source:1ItemID=1:#boxpatch=myfile.xml -o mux.mp4

The box patch is applied before writing the initial moov box in fragmented mode, or when writing the complete file otherwise.
The box patch can either be a filename or the full XML string.

Tagging

When tagging is enabled, the filter will watch the property CoverArt and all custom properties on incoming PID.
The built-in tag names are indicated by MP4Box -h tags.
QT tags can be specified using qtt_NAME property names, and will be added using formatting specified in MP4Box -h tags.
Other tag class may be specified using tag_NAME property names, and will be added if .I itags is set to all using:
- NAME as a box 4CC if NAME is four characters long
- NAME as a box 4CC if NAME is 3 characters long, and will be prefixed by 0xA9
- the CRC32 of the NAME as a box 4CC if NAME is not four characters long

Property names formatted as cust_NAME@MEAN are added as a custom tag with name NAME and mean MEAN. Both NAME and MEAN can be empty.

User data

The filter will look for the following PID properties to create user data entries:
* `udtab`: set the track user-data box to the property value which must be a serialized box array blob
* `mudtab`: set the movie user-data box to the property value which must be a serialized box array blob
* `udta_U4CC`: set track user-data box entry of type U4CC to property value
* `mudta_U4CC`: set movie user-data box entry of type U4CC to property value
* `tkgp_T4CC`: set/remove membership to track group with type T4CC and ID given by property value. A negative value N removes from track group with ID -N

Example
gpac -i src.mp4:#udta_tagc='My Awesome Tag' -o tag.mp4
gpac -i src.mp4:#mudtab=data@box.bin -o tag.mp4

Custom sample group descriptions and sample auxiliary info

The filter watches the following custom data properties on incoming packets:
* `grp_A4CC`: maps packet to sample group description of type A4CC and entry set to property payload
* `grp_A4CC_param`: same as above and sets sample to group grouping_type_parameter to param
* `sai_A4CC`: adds property payload as sample auxiliary information of type A4CC
* `sai_A4CC_param`: same as above and sets aux_info_type_parameterto param

The property grp_EMSG consists in one or more EventMessageBox as defined in MPEG-DASH.
- in fragmented mode, presence of this property in a packet will start a new fragment, with the boxes written before the moof
- in regular mode, an internal sample group of type EMSG is currently used for emsg box storage

Notes

The filter watches the property FileNumber on incoming packets to create new files (regular mode) or new segments (DASH mode).

The filter watches the property DSIWrap (4CC as int or string) on incoming PID to wrap decoder configuration in a box of given type (unknown wrapping)
Example
-i unkn.mkv:#ISOMSubtype=VIUK:#DSIWrap=cfgv -o t.mp4
This will wrap the unknown stream using VIUK code point in stsd and wrap any decoder configuration data in a cfgv box.
If .I pad_sparse is set, the filter watches the property Sparse on incoming PID to decide whether empty packets should be injected to keep packet duration info.
Such packets are only injected when a whole in the timeline is detected.
- if Sparse is absent, empty packet is inserted for unknown text and metadata streams
- if Sparse is true, empty packet is inserted for all stream types
- if Sparse is false, empty packet is never injected

The default media type used for a PID can be overridden using property StreamSubtype.
Example
-i src.srt:#StreamSubtype=sbtl [-i ...] -o test.mp4
This will force the text stream to use sbtl handler type instead of default text one.
Subtitle streams may be used as chapters by setting the property IsChap on the desired PID.
Example
-i src.srt:#IsChap [-i ...] -o test.mp4
This will force the text stream to be used as a QT chapter track.

Options (expert):

m4sys (bool, default: false): force MPEG-4 Systems signaling of tracks
dref (bool, default: false): only reference data from source file - not compatible with all media sources
ctmode (enum, default: auto): set composition offset mode for video tracks
* auto: if fragmenting an ISOBMFF source, use source settings otherwise resolve to edit
* edit: uses edit lists to shift first frame to presentation time 0
* noedit: ignore edit lists and does not shift timeline
* negctts: uses ctts v1 with possibly negative offsets and no edit lists
dur (frac, default: 0): only import the specified duration. If negative, specify the number of coded frames to import
pack3gp (uint, default: 1): pack a given number of 3GPP audio frames in one sample
importer (bool, default: false): compatibility with old importer, displays import progress
pack_nal (bool, default: false): repack NALU size length to minimum possible size for NALU-based video (AVC/HEVC/...)
xps_inband (enum, default: no): use inband (in sample data) parameter set for NALU-based video (AVC/HEVC/...)
* no: parameter sets are not inband, several sample descriptions might be created
* pps: picture parameter sets are inband, all other parameter sets are in sample description
* all: parameter sets are inband, no parameter sets in sample description
* both: parameter sets are inband, signaled as inband, and also first set is kept in sample description
* mix: creates non-standard files using single sample entry with first PSs found, and moves other PS inband
* auto: keep source config, or defaults to no if source is not ISOBMFF
store (enum, default: inter): file storage mode
* inter: perform precise interleave of the file using .I cdur (requires temporary storage of all media)
* flat: write samples as they arrive and moov at end (fastest mode)
* fstart: write samples as they arrive and moov before mdat
* tight: uses per-sample interleaving of all tracks (requires temporary storage of all media)
* frag: fragments the file using cdur duration
* sfrag: fragments the file using cdur duration but adjusting to start with SAP1/3
cdur (frac, default: -1/1): chunk duration for flat and interleaving modes or fragment duration for fragmentation modes
* 0: no specific interleaving but moov first
* negative: defaults to 1.0 unless overridden by storage profile
moovts (sint, default: 600): timescale to use for movie. A negative value picks the media timescale of the first track added
moof_first (bool, default: true): generate fragments starting with moof then mdat
abs_offset (bool, default: false): use absolute file offset in fragments rather than offsets from moof
fsap (bool, default: true): split truns in video fragments at SAPs to reduce file size
subs_sidx (sint, default: -1): number of subsegments per sidx
* 0: single sidx
* >0: hierarchical or daisy-chained sidx
* <0: disables sidx
* -2: removes sidx if present in source PID
m4cc (str): 4 character code of empty box to append at the end of a segment (DASH mode) or of a fragment (non-DASH mode)
chain_sidx (bool, default: false): use daisy-chaining of SIDX
msn (uint, default: 1): sequence number of first moof to N
msninc (uint, default: 1): sequence number increase between moof boxes
tfdt (lfrac, default: 0): set initial decode time (tfdt) of first traf
tfdt_traf (bool, default: false): force tfdt box in each traf
nofragdef (bool, default: false): disable default fragment flags in initial moov
straf (bool, default: false): use a single traf per moof (smooth streaming and co)
strun (bool, default: false): use a single trun per traf (smooth streaming and co)
prft (enum, default: sender): set prft box mode, disabled if not fragmented mode
* off: disable prft box
* sender: put ntp time before encoder
* both: put sender time (if available) and ntp time when writing the moof
psshs (enum, default: moov): set pssh boxes store mode
* moof: in first moof of each segments
* moov: in movie box
* both: in movie box and in first moof of each segment
* none: pssh is discarded
sgpd_traf (bool, default: false): store sample group descriptions in traf (duplicated for each traf). If not used, sample group descriptions are stored in the movie box
vodcache (enum, default: replace): enable temp storage for VoD dash modes
* on: use temp storage of complete file for sidx and ssix injection
* insert: insert sidx and ssix by shifting bytes in output file
* replace: precompute pace requirements for sidx and ssix and rewrite file range at end
noinit (bool, default: false): do not produce initial moov, used for DASH bitstream switching mode
tktpl (enum, default: yes): use track box from input if any as a template to create new track
* no: disables template
* yes: clones the track (except edits and decoder config)
* udta: only loads udta
mudta (enum, default: yes): use udta and other moov extension boxes from input if any
* no: disables import
* yes: clones all extension boxes
* udta: only loads udta
mvex (bool, default: false): set mvex boxes after trak boxes
sdtp_traf (enum, default: no): use sdtp box in traf box rather than using flags in trun sample entries
* no: do not use sdtp
* sdtp: use sdtp box to indicate sample dependencies and do not write info in trun sample flags
* both: use sdtp box to indicate sample dependencies and also write info in trun sample flags
trackid (uint, default: 0): track ID of created track for single track. Default 0 uses next available trackID
fragdur (bool, default: false): fragment based on fragment duration rather than CTS. Mostly used for MP4Box -frag option
btrt (bool, default: true): set btrt box in sample description
styp (str): set segment styp major brand (and optionally version) to the given 4CC[.version]
lmsg (bool, default: false): set lmsg brand for the last segment or fragment
mediats (sint, default: 0): set media timescale. A value of 0 means inherit from PID, a value of -1 means derive from samplerate or frame rate
ase (enum, default: v0): set audio sample entry mode for more than stereo layouts
* v0: use v0 signaling but channel count from stream, recommended for backward compatibility
* v0s: use v0 signaling and force channel count to 2 (stereo) if more than 2 channels
* v1: use v1 signaling, ISOBMFF style (will mux raw PCM as ISOBMFF style)
* v1qt: use v1 signaling, QTFF style
* v2qt: use v2 signaling, QTFF style (lpcm entry type)
ssix (bool, default: false): create ssix box when sidx box is present, level 1 mapping I-frames byte ranges, level 0xFF mapping the rest
ccst (bool, default: false): insert coding constraint box for video tracks
maxchunk (uint, default: 0): set max chunk size in bytes for runs (only used in non-fragmented mode). 0 means no constraints
noroll (bool, default: false): disable roll sample grouping
norap (bool, default: false): disable rap sample grouping
saio32 (bool, default: false): use 32 bit offset for side data location instead of 64 bit offset
tfdt64 (bool, default: false): use 64 bit tfdt and sidx even for 32 bits timestamps
compress (enum, default: no): set top-level box compression mode
* no: disable box compression
* moov: compress only moov box (uses cmov for QT)
* moof: compress only moof boxes
* sidx: compress moof and sidx boxes
* ssix: compress moof, sidx and ssix boxes
* all: compress moov, moof, sidx and ssix boxes
fcomp (bool, default: false): force using compress box even when compressed size is larger than uncompressed
otyp (bool, default: false): inject original file type when using compressed boxes
trun_inter (bool, default: false): interleave samples in trun based on the temporal level, the lowest level are stored first (this will create as many trun boxes as required)
truns_first (bool, default: false): store track runs before sample group description and sample encryption information
block_size (uint, default: 10000): target output block size, 0 for default internal value (10k)
boxpatch (str): apply box patch before writing
deps (bool, default: true): add samples dependencies information
mfra (bool, default: false): enable movie fragment random access when fragmenting (ignored when dashing)
forcesync (bool, default: false): force all SAP types to be considered sync samples (might produce non-compliant files)
refrag (bool, default: false): use track fragment defaults from initial file if any rather than computing them from PID properties (used when processing standalone segments/fragments)
itags (enum, default: strict): tag injection mode
* none: do not inject tags
* strict: only inject recognized itunes tags
* all: inject all possible tags
keep_utc (bool, default: false): force all new files and tracks to keep the source UTC creation and modification times
pps_inband (bool, default: no): when .I xps_inband is set, inject PPS in each non SAP 1/2/3 sample
moovpad (uint, default: 0): insert free box of given size after moov for future in-place editing
cmaf (enum, default: no): use CMAF guidelines (turns on mvex, truns_first, strun, straf, tfdt_traf, chain_sidx and restricts subs_sidx to -1 or 0)
* no: CMAF not enforced
* cmfc: use CMAF cmfc guidelines
* cmf2: use CMAF cmf2 guidelines (turns on nofragdef)
pad_sparse (bool, default: true): inject sample with no data (size 0) to keep durations in unknown sparse text and metadata tracks
force_dv (bool, default: false): force DV sample entry types even when AVC/HEVC compatibility is signaled
dvsingle (bool, default: false): ignore DolbyVision profile 8 in xps inband mode if profile 5 is already set
tsalign (bool, default: true): enable timeline realignment to 0 for first sample - if false, this will keep original timing with empty edit (possibly long) at begin
chapm (enum, default: both): chapter storage mode
* off: disable chapters
* tk: use chapter track (QT-style)
* udta: use user-data box chapters
* both: use both chapter tracks and udta
patch_dts (bool, default: false): patch previous samples duration when dts do not increase monotonically
uncv (enum, default: prof): use uncv (ISO 23001-17) for raw video
* off: disabled (always the case when muxing to QT)
* gen: enabled, do not write profile
* prof: enabled and write profile if known
* tiny: enabled and write reduced version if profile known and compatible
trunv1 (bool, default: false): force using version 1 of trun regardless of media type or CMAF brand
rsot (bool, default: false): inject redundant sample timing information when present

rfqcp

Description: QCP reframer
This filter parses QCP files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length

rfh263

Description: H263 reframer
This filter parses H263 files/data and outputs corresponding visual PID and frames.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 15000/1000): import frame rate
index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length
notime (bool, default: false): ignore input timestamps, rebuild from 0

rfmpgvid

Description: M1V/M2V/M4V reframer
This filter parses MPEG-1/2 and MPEG-4 part 2 video files/data and outputs corresponding video PID and frames.
Note: The filter uses negative CTS offsets: CTS is correct, but some frames may have DTS greater than CTS.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 0/1000): import frame rate (0 default to FPS from bitstream or 25 Hz)
index (dbl, default: -1.0): indexing window length. If 0, bitstream is not probed for duration. A negative value skips the indexing if the source file is larger than 20M (slows down importers) unless a play with start range > 0 is issued
vfr (bool, default: false): set variable frame rate import
importer (bool, default: false): compatibility with old importer, displays import results
notime (bool, default: false): ignore input timestamps, rebuild from 0

nhntr

Description: NHNT reader
This filter reads NHNT files/data to produce a media PID and frames.
NHNT documentation is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/NHNT-Format

Options (expert):

reframe (bool, default: false): force re-parsing of referenced content
index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length

nhmlr

Description: NHML reader
This filter reads NHML files/data to produce a media PID and frames.
NHML documentation is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/NHML-Format

Options (expert):

reframe (bool, default: false): force re-parsing of referenced content
index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length

rfnalu

Description: AVC/HEVC reframer
This filter parses AVC|H264 and HEVC files/data and outputs corresponding video PID and frames.
This filter produces ISOBMFF-compatible output: start codes are removed, NALU length field added and avcC/hvcC config created.
Note: The filter uses negative CTS offsets: CTS is correct, but some frames may have DTS greater than CTS.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 0/1000): import frame rate (0 default to FPS from bitstream or 25 Hz)
index (dbl, default: -1.0): indexing window length. If 0, bitstream is not probed for duration. A negative value skips the indexing if the source file is larger than 20M (slows down importers) unless a play with start range > 0 is issued
explicit (bool, default: false): use explicit layered (SVC/LHVC) import
force_sync (bool, default: false): force sync points on non-IDR samples with I slices (not compliant)
strict_poc (enum, default: off): delay frame output of an entire GOP to ensure CTS info is correct when POC suddenly changes
* off: disable GOP buffering
* on: enable GOP buffering, assuming no error in POC
* error: enable GOP buffering and try to detect lost frames
nosei (bool, default: false): remove all sei messages
nosvc (bool, default: false): remove all SVC/MVC/LHVC data
novpsext (bool, default: false): remove all VPS extensions
importer (bool, default: false): compatibility with old importer, displays import results
nal_length (uint, default: 4): set number of bytes used to code length field: 1, 2 or 4
subsamples (bool, default: false): import subsamples information
deps (bool, default: false): import sample dependency information
refs (bool, default: false): import sample reference picture list (currently only for HEVC and VVC)
seirw (bool, default: true): rewrite AVC sei messages for ISOBMFF constraints
audelim (bool, default: false): keep Access Unit delimiter in payload
keepfiller (bool, default: false): keep filler NAL units in output
notime (bool, default: false): ignore input timestamps, rebuild from 0
dv_mode (enum, default: auto): signaling for DolbyVision
* none: never signal DV profile
* auto: signal DV profile if RPU or EL are found
* clean: do not signal and remove RPU and EL NAL units
* single: signal DV profile if RPU are found and remove EL NAL units
dv_profile (uint, default: 0): profile for DolbyVision (currently defined profiles are 4, 5, 7, 8, 9), 0 for auto-detect
dv_compatid (enum, default: auto): cross-compatibility ID for DolbyVision
* auto: auto-detect
* none: no cross-compatibility
* hdr10: CTA HDR10, as specified by EBU TR 03
* bt709: SDR BT.709
* hlg709: HLG BT.709 gamut in ITU-R BT.2020
* hlg2100: HLG BT.2100 gamut in ITU-R BT.2020
* bt2020: SDR BT.2020
* brd: Ultra HD Blu-ray Disc HDR
bsdbg (enum, default: off): debug NAL parsing in media@debug logs
* off: not enabled
* on: enabled
* full: enable with number of bits dumped

m2psdmx

Description: MPEG PS demultiplexer
This filter demultiplexes MPEG-2 program streams to produce media PIDs and frames.
No options

avidmx

Description: AVI demultiplexer
This filter demultiplexes AVI files to produce media PIDs and frames.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 1/0): import frame rate, default is AVI one
importer (bool, default: false): compatibility with old importer, displays import results
noreframe (bool, default: false): skip media reframer

txtin

Description: Subtitle loader
This filter reads subtitle data from input PID to produce subtitle frames on a single PID.
The filter supports the following formats:
* SRT: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SubRip
* WebVTT: https://www.w3.org/TR/webvtt1/
* TTXT: https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/TTXT-Format-Documentation
* QT 3GPP Text XML (TexML): Apple QT6, likely deprecated
* TTML: https://www.w3.org/TR/ttml2/
* SUB: one subtitle per line formatted as {start_frame}{end_frame}text
* SSA (Substation Alpha): basic parsing support for common files
Input files must be in UTF-8 or UTF-16 format, with or without BOM. The internal frame format is:
* WebVTT (and srt if desired): ISO/IEC 14496-30 VTT cues
* TTML: ISO/IEC 14496-30 XML subtitles
* stxt and sbtt: ISO/IEC 14496-30 text stream and text subtitles
* Others: 3GPP/QT Timed Text

TTML Support

If .I ttml_split option is set, the TTML document is split in independent time segments by inspecting all overlapping subtitles in the body.
Empty periods in TTML will result in empty TTML documents or will be skipped if .I no_empty option is set.
The first sample has a CTS assigned as indicated by .I ttml_cts:
- a numerator of -2 indicates the first CTS is 0
- a numerator of -1 indicates the first CTS is the first active time in document
- a numerator >= 0 indicates the CTS to use for first sample
When TTML splitting is disabled, the duration of the TTML sample is given by .I ttml_dur if not 0, or set to the document duration
By default, media resources are kept as declared in TTML2 documents.
ttml_embed can be used to embed inside the TTML sample the resources in <head> or <body>:
- for <source>, <image>, <audio>, <font>, local URIs indicated in src will be loaded and src rewritten.
- for <data> with base64 coding, the data will be decoded, <data> element removed and parent <source> rewritten with src attribute inserted.
The embedded data is added as a subsample to the TTML frame, and the referring elements will use src=urn:mpeg:14496-30:N with N the index of the subsample.
A subtitle zero may be specified using .I ttml_zero. This will remove all subtitles before the given time T0, and rewrite each subtitle begin/end T to T-T0 using millisecond accuracy.
Warning: Original time formatting (tick, frames/subframe ...) will be lost when this option is used, converted to HH:MM:SS.ms.
The subtitle zero time must be prefixed with T when the option is not set as a global argument:
gpac -i test.ttml:ttml_zero=T10:00:00 [...]
MP4Box -add test.ttml:sopt:ttml_zero=T10:00:00 [...]
gpac -i test.ttml --ttml_zero=10:00:00 [...]
gpac -i test.ttml --ttml_zero=T10:00:00 [...]
MP4Box -add test.ttml --ttml_zero=10:00:00 [...]

Simple Text Support

The text loader can convert input files in simple text streams of a single packet, by forcing the codec type on the input:
gpac -i test.txt:#CodecID=stxt [...]
gpac fin:pck="Text Data":#CodecID=stxt [...]
The content of the source file will be the payload of the text sample. The .I stxtmod option allows specifying WebVTT, TX3G or simple text mode for output format.
In this mode, the .I stxtdur option is used to control the duration of the generated subtitle:
- a positive value always forces the duration
- a negative value forces the duration if input packet duration is not known

Notes

When reframing simple text streams from demuxers (e.g. subtitles from MKV), the output format of these streams can be selected using .I stxtmod.
When importing SRT, SUB or SSA files, the output format of the PID can be selected using .I stxtmod.

Options (expert):

nodefbox (bool, default: false): skip default text box
noflush (bool, default: false): skip final sample flush for srt
fontname (str): default font
fontsize (uint, default: 18): default font size
lang (str): default language
width (uint, default: 0): default width of text area
height (uint, default: 0): default height of text area
txtx (uint, default: 0): default horizontal offset of text area: -1 (left), 0 (center) or 1 (right)
txty (uint, default: 0): default vertical offset of text area: -1 (bottom), 0 (center) or 1 (top)
zorder (sint, default: 0): default z-order of the PID
timescale (uint, default: 1000): default timescale of the PID
ttml_split (bool, default: true): split ttml doc in non-overlapping samples
ttml_cts (lfrac, default: -1/1): first sample cts - see filter help
ttml_dur (frac, default: 0/1): sample duration when not spliting split - see filter help
ttml_embed (bool, default: false): force embedding TTML resources
ttml_zero (str): set subtitle zero time for TTML
no_empty (bool, default: false): do not send empty samples
stxtdur (frac, default: 1): duration for simple text
stxtmod (enum, default: tx3g): text stream mode for simple text streams and SRT inputs
* stxt: output PID formatted as simple text stream (remove markup in VTT/SRT payload)
* sbtt: output PID formatted as subtitle text stream (keep markup in VTT/SRT payload)
* tx3g: output PID formatted as TX3G/Apple stream
* vtt: output PID formatted as WebVTT stream
* webvtt: same as vtt (for backward compatiblity

ttxtdec

Description: TTXT/TX3G decoder
This filter decodes TTXT/TX3G streams into a BIFS scene graph of the compositor filter.
The TTXT documentation is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/TTXT-Format-Documentation
In stand-alone rendering (no associated video), the filter will use:
- Width and Height properties of input pid if any
- otherwise, osize option of compositor if set
- otherwise, .I txtw and .I txth

Options (expert):

texture (bool, default: false): use texturing for output text
outline (bool, default: false): draw text outline
txtw (uint, default: 400): default width in standalone rendering
txth (uint, default: 200): default height in standalone rendering

vttdec

Description: WebVTT decoder
This filter decodes WebVTT streams into a SVG scene graph of the compositor filter.
The scene graph creation is done through JavaScript.
The filter options are used to override the JS global variables of the WebVTT renderer.
In stand-alone rendering (no associated video), the filter will use:
- Width and Height properties of input pid if any
- otherwise, osize option of compositor if set
- otherwise, .I txtw and .I txth

Options (expert):

script (str, default: $GSHARE/scripts/webvtt-renderer.js): location of WebVTT SVG JS renderer
font (str, default: SANS, updatable): font
fontSize (flt, default: 20, updatable): font size
color (str, default: white, updatable): text color
lineSpacing (flt, default: 1.0, updatable): line spacing as scaling factor to font size
txtw (uint, default: 400): default width in standalone rendering
txth (uint, default: 200): default height in standalone rendering

ttmldec

Description: TTML decoder
This filter decodes TTML streams into a SVG scene graph of the compositor filter.
The scene graph creation is done through JavaScript.
The filter options are used to override the JS global variables of the TTML renderer.
In stand-alone rendering (no associated video), the filter will use:
- Width and Height properties of input pid if any
- otherwise, osize option of compositor if set
- otherwise, .I txtw and .I txth

Options (expert):

script (str, default: $GSHARE/scripts/ttml-renderer.js): location of TTML SVG JS renderer
font (str, default: SANS, updatable): font
fontSize (flt, default: 20, updatable): font size
color (str, default: white, updatable): text color
valign (enum, default: bottom, updatable): vertical alignment
* bottom: align text at bottom of text area
* center: align text at center of text area
* top: align text at top of text area
lineSpacing (flt, default: 1.0, updatable): line spacing as scaling factor to font size
txtw (uint, default: 400): default width in standalone rendering
txth (uint, default: 200): default height in standalone rendering

rtpin

Description: RTP/RTSP/SDP input
This filter handles SDP/RTSP/RTP input reading. It supports:
- SDP file reading
- RTP direct url through rtp:// protocol scheme
- RTSP session processing through rtsp:// and satip:// protocol schemes

The filter produces either PIDs with media frames, or file PIDs with multiplexed data (e.g. MPEG-2 TS).
The filter will use:
- RTSP over HTTP tunnel if server port is 80 or 8080 or if protocol scheme is rtsph://.
- RTSP over TLS if server port is 322 or if protocol scheme is rtsps://.
- RTSP over HTTPS tunnel if server port is 443 and if protocol scheme is rtsph://.

The filter will attempt reconnecting in TLS mode after two consecutive initial connection failures.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): location of source content (SDP, RTP or RTSP URL)
firstport (uint, default: 0): default first port number to use (0 lets the filter decide)
ifce (str): default interface IP to use for multicast. If NULL, the default system interface will be used
ttl (uint, default: 127, minmax: 0-127): multicast TTL
reorder_len (uint, default: 1000): reorder length in packets
reorder_delay (uint, default: 50): max delay in RTP re-orderer, packets will be dispatched after that
block_size (uint, default: 0x100000): buffer size for RTP/UDP or RTSP when interleaved
disable_rtcp (bool, default: false): disable RTCP reporting
nat_keepalive (uint, default: 0): delay in ms of NAT keepalive, disabled by default (except for SatIP, set to 30s by default)
force_mcast (str): force multicast on indicated IP in RTSP setup
use_client_ports (bool, default: false): force using client ports (hack for some RTSP servers overriding client ports)
bandwidth (uint, default: 0): set bandwidth param for RTSP requests
default_port (uint, default: 554, minmax: 0-65535): set default RTSP port
satip_port (uint, default: 1400, minmax: 0-65535): set default port for SATIP
transport (enum, default: auto): set RTP over RTSP
* auto: set interleave on if HTTP tunnel is used, off otherwise and retry in interleaved mode if UDP timeout
* tcp: enable RTP over RTSP
* udp: disable RTP over RTSP
udp_timeout (uint, default: 10000): default timeout before considering UDP is down
rtcp_timeout (uint, default: 5000): default timeout for RTCP traffic in ms. After this timeout, playback will start out of sync. If 0 always wait for RTCP
first_packet_drop (uint, default: 0, updatable): set number of first RTP packet to drop (0 if no drop)
frequency_drop (uint, default: 0, updatable): drop 1 out of N packet (0 disable dropping)
loss_rate (sint, default: -1, updatable): loss rate to signal in RTCP, -1 means real loss rate, otherwise a per-thousand of packet lost
user_agent (str, default: $GUA): user agent string, by default solved from GPAC preferences
languages (str, default: $GLANG): user languages, by default solved from GPAC preferences
stats (uint, default: 500): update statistics to the user every given MS (0 disables reporting)
max_sleep (sint, default: 1000): set max sleep in milliseconds:
- a negative value -N means to always sleep for N ms
- a positive value N means to sleep at most N ms but will sleep less if frame duration is shorter
rtcpsync (bool, default: true): use RTCP to adjust synchronization
forceagg (bool, default: false): force RTSP control aggregation (patch for buggy servers)
ssm (strl): list of IP to include for source-specific multicast
ssmx (strl): list of IP to exclude for source-specific multicast

fout

Description: File output
This filter is used to write data to disk, and does not produce any output PID.
In regular mode, the filter only accept PID of type file. It will dump to file incoming packets (stream type file), starting a new file for each packet having a frame_start flag set, unless operating in .I cat mode.
If the output file name is std or stdout, writes to stdout.
The output file name can use gpac templating mechanism, see gpac -h doc.The filter watches the property FileNumber on incoming packets to create new files.
By default output files are created directly, which may lead to issues if concurrent programs attempt to access them.
By enabling .I atomic, files will be created in target destination folder with the .gftmp suffix and move to their final name upon close.

Discard sink mode

When the destination is null, the filter is a sink dropping all input packets.
In this case it accepts ANY type of input PID, not just file ones.

HTTP streaming recording

When recording a DASH or HLS session, the number of segments to keep per quality can be set using .I max_cache_segs.
- value 0 keeps everything (default behaviour)
- a negative value N will keep -N files regardless of the time-shift buffer value
- a positive value N will keep MAX(N, time-shift buffer) files
Example
gpac -i LIVE_MPD dashin:forward=file -o rec/$File$:max_cache_segs=3
This will force keeping a maximum of 3 media segments while recording the DASH session.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): location of destination file
append (bool, default: false): open in append mode
dynext (bool, default: false): indicate the file extension is set by filter chain, not dst
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
speed (dbl, default: 1.0): set playback speed when vsync is on. If negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
ext (cstr): set extension for graph resolution, regardless of file extension
mime (cstr): set mime type for graph resolution
cat (enum, default: none): cat each file of input PID rather than creating one file per filename
* none: never cat files
* auto: only cat if files have same names
* all: always cat regardless of file names
ow (enum, default: yes): overwrite output mode when concatenation is not used
* yes: override file if existing
* no: throw error if file existing
* ask: interactive prompt
mvbk (uint, default: 8192): block size used when moving parts of the file around in patch mode
redund (bool, default: false): keep redundant packet in output file
max_cache_segs (sint, default: 0): maximum number of segments cached per HAS quality when recording live sessions (0 means no limit)
force_null (bool, default: false): force no output regardless of file name
atomic (bool, default: false): use atomic file write for non append modes

uflatm

Description: LATM rewriter
This filter converts AAC streams into LATM encapsulated data.

Options (expert):

fdsi (frac, default: 0): set delay between two LATM Audio Config

ufadts

Description: ADTS rewriter
This filter converts AAC streams into ADTS encapsulated data.

Options (expert):

mpeg2 (enum, default: auto): signal as MPEG2 AAC
* auto: selects based on AAC profile
* no: always signals as MPEG-4 AAC
* yes: always signals as MPEG-2 AAC

ufmhas

Description: MHAS rewriter
This filter converts MPEG-H Audio streams into MHAS encapsulated data.

Options (expert):

syncp (bool, default: false): if set, insert sync packet at each frame, otherwise only at SAP

reframer

Description: Media reframer
This filter provides various tools on inputs:
- ensure reframing (1 packet = 1 Access Unit)
- optionally force decoding
- real-time regulation
- packet filtering based on SAP types or frame numbers
- time-range extraction and splitting

This filter forces input PIDs to be properly framed (1 packet = 1 Access Unit).
It is typically needed to force remultiplexing in file to file operations when source and destination files use the same format.

SAP filtering

The filter can remove packets based on their SAP types using .I saps option.
For example, this can be used to extract only the key frame (SAP 1,2,3) of a video to create a trick mode version.

Frame filtering

This filter can keep only specific Access Units of the source using .I frames option.
For example, this can be used to extract only specific key pictures of a video to create a HEIF collection.

Frame decoding

This filter can force input media streams to be decoded using the .I raw option.
Example
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:raw=av [dst]

Real-time Regulation

The filter can perform real-time regulation of input packets, based on their timescale and timestamps.
For example to simulate a live DASH:
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:rt=on -o live.mpd:dynamic

Range extraction

The filter can perform time range extraction of the source using .I xs and .I xe options.
The formats allowed for times specifiers are:
* 'TC'HH:MM:SS:FF: specify time in timecode
* 'T'H:M:S, 'T'M:S: specify time in hours, minutes, seconds
* 'T'H:M:S.MS, 'T'M:S.MS, 'T'S.MS: specify time in hours, minutes, seconds and milliseconds
* INT, FLOAT, NUM/DEN: specify time in seconds (number or fraction)
* 'D'INT, 'D'FLOAT, 'D'NUM/DEN: specify end time as offset to start time in seconds (number or fraction) - only valid for .I xe
* 'F'NUM: specify time as frame number, 1 being first
* XML DateTime: specify absolute UTC time

In this mode, the timestamps are rewritten to form a continuous timeline, unless .I xots is set.
When multiple ranges are given, the filter will try to seek if needed and supported by source.
Example
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:xs=T00:00:10,T00:01:10,T00:02:00:xe=T00:00:20,T00:01:20 [dst]
This will extract the time ranges [10s,20s], [1m10s,1m20s] and all media starting from 2m
If no end range is found for a given start range:
- if a following start range is set, the end range is set to this next start
- otherwise, the end range is open
Example
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:xs=0,10,25:xe=5,20 [dst]
This will extract the time ranges [0s,5s], [10s,20s] and all media starting from 25s
Example
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:xs=0,10,25 [dst]
This will extract the time ranges [0s,10s], [10s,25s] and all media starting from 25s
It is possible to signal range boundaries in output packets using .I splitrange.
This will expose on the first packet of each range in each PID the following properties:
* `FileNumber`: starting at 1 for the first range, to be used as replacement for $num$ in templates
* `FileSuffix`: corresponding to StartRange_EndRange or StartRange for open ranges, to be used as replacement for $FS$ in templates
Example
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:xs=T00:00:10,T00:01:10:xe=T00:00:20:splitrange -o dump_$FS$.264 [dst]
This will create two output files dump_T00.00.10_T00.02.00.264 and dump_T00.01.10.264.
Note: The : and / characters are replaced by . in FileSuffix property.
It is possible to modify PID properties per range using .I props. Each set of property must be specified using the active separator set.
Warning: The option must be escaped using double separators in order to be parsed properly.
Example
gpac -i m.mp4 reframer:xs=0,30::props=#Period=P1,#Period=P2:#foo=bar [dst]
This will assign to output PIDs
* during the range [0,30]: property Period to P1
* during the range [30, end]: properties Period to P2 and property foo to bar
For uncompressed audio PIDs, input frame will be split to closest audio sample number.
When .I xround is set to seek, the following applies:
- a single range shall be specified
- the first I-frame preceding or matching the range start is used as split point
- all packets before range start are marked as seek points
- packets overlapping range start are forwarded with a SkipBegin property set to the amount of media to skip
- packets overlapping range end are forwarded with an adjusted duration to match the range end
This mode is typically used to extract a range in a frame/sample accurate way, rather than a GOP-aligned way.
When .I xround is not set to seek, compressed audio streams will still use seek mode.
Consequently, these streams will have modified edit lists in ISOBMFF which might not be properly handled by players.
This can be avoided using .I no_audio_seek, but this will introduce audio delay.

UTC-based range extraction

The filter can perform range extraction based on UTC time rather than media time. In this mode, the end time must be:
* a UTC date: range extraction will stop after this date
* a time in second: range extraction will stop after the specified duration
The UTC reference is specified using .I utc_ref.
If UTC signal from media source is used, the filter will probe for .I utc_probe before considering the source has no UTC signal.
The properties SenderNTP and, if absent, UTC of source packets are checked for establishing the UTC reference.

Other split actions

The filter can perform splitting of the source using .I xs option.
The additional formats allowed for .I xs option are:
* `SAP`: split source at each SAP/RAP
* `D`VAL: split source by chunks of VAL seconds
* `D`NUM/DEN: split source by chunks of NUM/DEN seconds
* `S`VAL: split source by chunks of estimated size VAL bytes (can use property multipliers, e.g. m)
Note: In these modes, .I splitrange and .I xadjust are implicitly set.

Absorbing stream discontinuities

Discontinuities may happen quite often in streaming sessions due to resolution switching, codec change, etc ...
While GPAC handles these discontinuities internally, it may be desired to ignore them, for example when a source is known to have no discontinuity but GPAC detects some due to network errors or other changing properties that should be ignored.
The .I nodisc option allows removing all discontinuities once a stream is setup.
Warning: Make sure you know what you are doing as using this option could make the stream not playable (ignoring a codec config change).
Example
gpac -i SOMEURL reframer:nodisc -o DASH_ORIGIN
In this example, the dasher filter will never trigger a period switch due to input stream discontinuity.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results
rt (enum, default: off, updatable): real-time regulation mode of input
* off: disable real-time regulation
* on: enable real-time regulation, one clock per PID
* sync: enable real-time regulation, one clock for all PIDs
* align: send packets in DTS order following one clock for all PIDs (undo input packet bursts), no real-time regulation
saps (uintl, Enum: 0|1|2|3|4, updatable): list of SAP types (0,1,2,3,4) to forward, other packets are dropped (forwarding only sap 0 will break the decoding)
refs (bool, default: false, updatable): forward only frames used as reference frames, if indicated in the input stream
speed (dbl, default: 0.0, updatable): speed for real-time regulation mode, a value of 0 uses speed from play commands
raw (enum, default: no): force input AV streams to be in raw format
* no: do not force decoding of inputs
* av: force decoding of audio and video inputs
* a: force decoding of audio inputs
* v: force decoding of video inputs
frames (sintl, updatable): drop all except listed frames (first being 1). A negative value -V keeps only first frame every V frames
xs (strl): extraction start time(s). If not set and an extraction end time is set, 0 is used
xe (strl): extraction end time(s). If less values than start times, the last time interval extracted is an open range
xround (enum, default: before): adjust start time of extraction range to I-frame
* before: use first I-frame preceding or matching range start
* seek: see filter help
* after: use first I-frame (if any) following or matching range start
* closest: use I-frame closest to range start
xadjust (bool, default: false): adjust end time of extraction range to be before next I-frame
xots (bool, default: false): keep original timestamps after extraction
xdts (bool, default: false): compute start times based on DTS and not CTS
nosap (bool, default: false): do not cut at SAP when extracting range (may result in broken streams)
splitrange (bool, default: false): signal file boundary at each extraction first packet for template-base file generation
seeksafe (dbl, default: 10.0): rewind play requests by given seconds (to make sure the I-frame preceding start is catched)
tcmdrw (bool, default: true): rewrite TCMD samples when splitting
props (strl): extra output PID properties per extraction range
no_audio_seek (bool, default: false): disable seek mode on audio streams (no change of priming duration)
probe_ref (bool, default: false): allow extracted range to be longer in case of B-frames with reference frames presented outside of range
utc_ref (enum, default: any): set reference mode for UTC range extraction
* local: use UTC of local host
* any: use UTC of media, or UTC of local host if not found in media after probing time
* media: use UTC of media (abort if none found)
* tc: use timecode of media (be careful: considered day will be today)
utc_probe (uint, default: 5000): timeout in milliseconds to try to acquire UTC reference from media
copy (bool, default: false, updatable): try copying frame interface into packets
cues (enum, default: no, updatable): cue filtering mode
* no: do no filter frames based on cue info
* segs: only forward frames marked as segment start
* frags: only forward frames marked as fragment start
sapcue (uint, default: 0): treat SAPs smaller than or equal to this value as cue points
rmseek (bool, default: false, updatable): remove seek flag of all sent packets
nodisc (bool, default: false, updatable): ignore all discontinuities from input - see filter help

writegen

Description: Stream to File converter
Generic single stream to file converter, used when extracting/converting PIDs.
The writegen filter should usually not be explicitly loaded without a source ID specified, since the filter would likely match any PID connection.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results
pfmt (pfmt, default: none, Enum: none|yuv420|yvu420|yuv420_10|yuv422|yuv422_10|yuv444|yuv444_10|uyvy|vyuy|yuyv|yvyu|uyvl|vyul|yuyl|yvyl|nv12|nv21|nv1l|nv2l|yuva|yuvd|yuv444a|yuv444p|v308|yuv444ap|v408|v410|v210|grey|algr|gral|rgb8|rgb4|rgb5|rgb6|rgba|argb|bgra|abgr|rgb|bgr|xrgb|rgbx|xbgr|bgrx|rgbd|rgbds|uncv): pixel format for raw extract. If not set, derived from extension
afmt (afmt, default: none, Enum: none|u8|s16|s16b|s24|s24b|s32|s32b|flt|fltb|dbl|dblb|u8p|s16p|s24p|s32p|fltp|dblp): audio format for raw extract. If not set, derived from extension
decinfo (enum, default: auto): decoder config insert mode
* no: never inserted
* first: inserted on first packet
* sap: inserted at each SAP
* auto: selects between no and first based on media type
split (bool, default: false): force one file per frame
frame (bool, default: false): force single frame dump with no rewrite. In this mode, all codec types are supported
sstart (uint, default: 0): start number of frame to forward. If 0, all samples are forwarded
send (uint, default: 0): end number of frame to forward. If less than start frame, all samples after start are forwarded
dur (frac, default: 0): duration of media to forward after first sample. If 0, all samples are forwarded
merge_region (bool, default: false): merge TTML regions with same ID while reassembling TTML doc
vtth (enum, default: seg): vtt header injection mode
* single: inject only at first frame of the stream
* seg: inject at each non-empty segment
* all: inject at each segment even empty ones
add_nl (bool, default: false): add new line after each packet when dumping text streams
rawb (bool, default: false): force direct dump of input without framing rewrite. In this mode, all codec types are supported

ufnalu

Description: AVC/HEVC to AnnexB rewriter
This filter converts AVC|H264 and HEVC streams into AnnexB format, with inband parameter sets and start codes.

Options (expert):

rcfg (bool, default: true): force repeating decoder config at each I-frame
extract (enum, default: all): layer extraction mode
* all: extracts all layers
* base: extract base layer only
* layer: extract non-base layer(s) only
delim (bool, default: true): insert AU Delimiter NAL
pps_inband (bool, default: false): inject PPS at each non SAP frame, ignored if rcfg is not set

writeqcp

Description: QCP writer
This filter converts a single QCELP, EVRC or MSV stream to a QCP output file.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results

ufvtt

Description: WebVTT rewriter
This filter converts a single ISOBMFF WebVTT stream to its unframed format.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results
merge_cues (bool, default: true): merge VTT cues (undo ISOBMFF cue split)
noempty (bool, default: false): do not create an empty file if no VTT cues are present

nhntw

Description: NHNT writer
This filter converts a single stream to an NHNT output file.
NHNT documentation is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/NHNT-Format

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results
large (bool, default: false): use large file mode

nhmlw

Description: NHML writer
This filter converts a single stream to an NHML output file.
NHML documentation is available at https://wiki.gpac.io/xmlformats/NHML-Format

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results
dims (bool, default: false): use DIMS mode
name (str): set output name of media and info files produced
nhmlonly (bool, default: false): only dump NHML info, not media
pckp (bool, default: false): full NHML dump
payload (bool, default: false): dump payload (scte35 only at the moment), should be combined with ǹhmlonly
chksum (enum, default: none): insert frame checksum
* none: no checksum
* crc: CRC32 checksum
* sha1: SHA1 checksum

vobsubdmx

Description: VobSub demultiplexer
This filter parses VobSub files/data to produce media PIDs and frames.

Options (expert):

blankframe (bool, default: true): force inserting a blank frame if first subpic is not at 0
keepempty (bool, default: false): declare VobSub tracks with no frames

avimx

Description: AVI multiplexer
This filter multiplexes raw or compressed audio and video to produce an AVI output.
Unlike other multiplexing filters in GPAC, this filter is a sink filter and does not produce any PID to be redirected in the graph.
The filter can however use template names for its output, using the first input PID to resolve the final name.
The filter watches the property FileNumber on incoming packets to create new files.
The filter will look for property AVIType set on the input stream.
The value can either be a 4CC or a string, indicating the mux format for the PID.
If the string is prefixed with + and the decoder configuration is present and formatted as an ISOBMFF box, the box header will be removed.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): location of destination file
fps (frac, default: 25/1): default framerate if none indicated in stream
noraw (bool, default: false): disable raw output in AVI, only compressed ones allowed
opendml_size (luint, default: 0): force opendml format when chunks are larger than this amount (0 means 1.9Gb max size in each riff chunk)

aout

Description: Audio output
This filter writes a single PCM (uncompressed) audio input PID to a sound card or other audio output device.
The longer the audio buffering .I bdur is, the longer the audio latency will be (pause/resume). The quality of fast forward audio playback will also be degraded when using large audio buffers.
If .I clock is set, the filter will report system time (in us) and corresponding packet CTS for other filters to use for AV sync.

Options (expert):

drv (cstr): audio driver name
bnum (uint, default: 2): number of audio buffers (0 for auto)
bdur (uint, default: 100): total duration of all buffers in ms (0 for auto)
threaded (bool, default: true): force dedicated thread creation if sound card driver is not threaded
dur (frac, default: 0): only play the specified duration
clock (bool, default: true): hint audio clock for this stream
speed (dbl, default: 1.0, updatable): set playback speed. If speed is negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
start (dbl, default: 0.0, updatable): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
vol (uint, default: 100, minmax: 0-100, updatable): set default audio volume, as a percentage between 0 and 100
pan (uint, default: 50, minmax: 0-100, updatable): set stereo pan, as a percentage between 0 and 100, 50 being centered
buffer (uint, default: 200): set playout buffer in ms
mbuffer (uint, default: 0): set max buffer occupancy in ms. If less than buffer, use buffer
rbuffer (uint, default: 0, updatable): rebuffer trigger in ms. If 0 or more than buffer, disable rebuffering
adelay (frac, default: 0, updatable): set audio delay in sec
buffer_done (bool): buffer done indication (readonly, for user app)
rebuffer (luint): system time in us at which last rebuffer started, 0 if not rebuffering (readonly, for user app)
media_offset (dbl, default: 0): media offset (substract this value to CTS to get media time - readonly)

ufm4v

Description: M4V rewriter
This filter converts MPEG-4 part 2 visual streams into writable format (reinsert decoder config).

Options (expert):

rcfg (bool, default: true): force repeating decoder config at each I-frame

ufvc1

Description: VC1 rewriter
This filter converts VC1 visual streams into writable format (reinsert decoder config and start codes if needed).

Options (expert):

rcfg (bool, default: true): force repeating decoder config at each I-frame

resample

Description: Audio resampler
This filter resamples raw audio to a target sample rate, number of channels or audio format.

Options (expert):

och (uint, default: 0): desired number of output audio channels (0 for auto)
osr (uint, default: 0): desired sample rate of output audio (0 for auto)
osfmt (afmt, default: none): desired sample format of output audio (none for auto)
olayout (alay, Enum: mono|stereo|3/0.0|3/1.0|3/2.0|3/2.1|5/2.1|1+1|2/1.0|2/2.0|3/3.1|3/4.1|11/11.2|5/2.1|5/5.2|5/4.1|6/5.1|6/7.1|5/6.1|7/6.1): desired CICP layout of output audio (null for auto)

vout

Description: Video output
This filter displays a single visual input PID in a window.
The window is created unless a window handle (HWND, xWindow, etc) is indicated in the config file ( [Temp]OSWnd=ptr).
The output uses GPAC video output module indicated in .I drv option or in the config file (see GPAC core help).
The video output module can be further configured (see GPAC core help).
The filter can use OpenGL or 2D blit of the graphics card, depending on the OS support.
The filter can be used do dump frames as written by the graphics card (GPU read-back) using .I dumpframes.
In this case, the window is not visible and only the listed frames are drawn to the GPU.
The pixel format of the dumped frame is always RGB in OpenGL and matches the video backbuffer format in 2D mode.

Options (expert):

drv (cstr): video driver name
vsync (bool, default: true): enable video screen sync
drop (bool, default: false, updatable): enable dropping late frames
disp (enum, default: gl): display mode
* gl: OpenGL
* pbo: OpenGL with PBO
* blit: 2D hardware blit
* soft: software blit
start (dbl, default: 0.0, updatable): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
dur (lfrac, default: 0): only play the specified duration
speed (dbl, default: 1.0, updatable): set playback speed when vsync is on. If speed is negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
hold (dbl, default: 1.0): number of seconds to hold display for single-frame streams (a negative value force a hold on last frame for single or multi-frames streams)
linear (bool, default: false): use linear filtering instead of nearest pixel for GL mode
back (uint, default: 0x808080): back color for transparent images
wsize (v2di, default: -1x-1): default init window size
- 0x0 holds the window size of the first frame
- negative values indicate video media size
wpos (v2di, default: -1x-1): default position (0,0 top-left)
vdelay (frac, default: 0, updatable): set delay in sec, positive value displays after audio clock
hide (bool, default: false): hide output window
fullscreen (bool, default: false, updatable): use fullscreen
buffer (uint, default: 100): set playout buffer in ms
mbuffer (uint, default: 0): set max buffer occupancy in ms. If less than buffer, use buffer
rbuffer (uint, default: 0, updatable): rebuffer trigger in ms. If 0 or more than buffer, disable rebuffering
dumpframes (uintl): ordered list of frames to dump, 1 being first frame. Special value 0 means dump all frames
out (str, default: dump): radical of dump frame filenames. If no extension provided, frames are exported as $OUT_%d.PFMT
async (bool, default: true): sync video to audio output if any
owsize (v2di): output window size (readonly)
buffer_done (bool): buffer done indication (readonly)
rebuffer (luint): system time in us at which last rebuffer started, 0 if not rebuffering (readonly)
vjs (bool, default: true): use default JS script for vout control
media_offset (dbl, default: 0): media offset (substract this value to CTS to get media time - readonly)
wid (uint, default: 0): window id (readonly)
vflip (enum, default: no, updatable): flip video (GL only)
* no: no flipping
* v: vertical flip
* h: horizontal flip
* vh: horizontal and vertical
* hv: same as vh
vrot (enum, default: 0, updatable): rotate video by given angle
* 0: no rotation
* 90: rotate 90 degree counter clockwise
* 180: rotate 180 degree
* 270: rotate 90 degree clockwise

vcrop

Description: Video cropper
This filter is used to crop raw video data.

Options (expert):

wnd (str): size of output to crop, indicated as TxLxWxH. If % is indicated after a number, the value is in percent of the source width (for L and W) or height (for T and H). An absolute offset (+x, -x) can be added after percent
copy (bool, default: false): copy the source pixels. By default the filter will try to forward crop frames by adjusting offsets and strides of the source if possible (window contained in frame)
round (enum, default: up): adjust dimension to be a multiple of 2
* up: up rounding
* down: down rounding
* allup: up rounding on formats that do not require it (RGB, YUV444)
* alldown: down rounding on formats that do not require it (RGB, YUV444)

vflip

Description: Video flipper
This filter flips uncompressed video frames vertically, horizontally, in both directions or no flip

Options (expert):

mode (enum, default: vert, updatable): flip mode
* off: no flipping (passthrough)
* vert: vertical flip
* horiz: horizontal flip
* both: horizontal and vertical flip

rfrawvid

Description: RAW video reframer
This filter parses raw YUV and RGB files/data and outputs corresponding raw video PID and frames.
The filter also parses YUV4MPEG format.

Options (expert):

size (v2di, default: 0x0): source video resolution
spfmt (pfmt, default: none, Enum: none|yuv420|yvu420|yuv420_10|yuv422|yuv422_10|yuv444|yuv444_10|uyvy|vyuy|yuyv|yvyu|uyvl|vyul|yuyl|yvyl|nv12|nv21|nv1l|nv2l|yuva|yuvd|yuv444a|yuv444p|v308|yuv444ap|v408|v410|v210|grey|algr|gral|rgb8|rgb4|rgb5|rgb6|rgba|argb|bgra|abgr|rgb|bgr|xrgb|rgbx|xbgr|bgrx|rgbd|rgbds|uncv): source pixel format. When not set, derived from file extension
fps (frac, default: 25/1): number of frames per second
copy (bool, default: false): copy source bytes into output frame. If not set, source bytes are referenced only

rfpcm

Description: PCM reframer
This filter parses raw PCM file/data or WAVE files and outputs corresponding raw audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

sr (uint, default: 44100): sample rate
safmt (afmt, default: none, Enum: none|u8|s16|s16b|s24|s24b|s32|s32b|flt|fltb|dbl|dblb|u8p|s16p|s24p|s32p|fltp|dblp): audio format
ch (uint, default: 2): number of channels
framelen (uint, default: 1024): number of samples to put in one audio frame. For planar formats, indicate plane size in samples

jpgenc

Description: JPG encoder
This filter encodes a single uncompressed video PID to JPEG using libjpeg.

Options (expert):

dctmode (enum, default: fast): type of DCT used
* slow: precise but slow integer DCT
* fast: less precise but faster integer DCT
* float: float DCT
quality (uint, default: 100, minmax: 0-100, updatable): compression quality

pngenc

Description: PNG encoder
This filter encodes a single uncompressed video PID to PNG using libpng.
No options

rewind

Description: Audio/Video rewinder
This filter reverses audio and video frames in negative playback speed.
The filter is in passthrough if speed is positive. Otherwise, it reverts decoded GOPs for video, or revert samples in decoded frame for audio (not really nice for most codecs).

Options (expert):

rbuffer (uint, default: 100): size of video rewind buffer in frames. If more frames than this, flush is performed

flist

Description: Sources concatenator
This filter can be used to play playlist files or a list of sources.
The filter loads any source supported by GPAC: remote or local files or streaming sessions (TS, RTP, DASH or other).
The filter demultiplexes inputs and recomputes input timestamps into a continuous timeline.
At each new source, the filter tries to remap input PIDs to already declared output PIDs of the same type, if any, or declares new output PIDs otherwise. If no input PID matches the type of an output, no packets are send for that PID.

Source list mode

The source list mode is activated by using flist:srcs=f1[,f2], where f1 can be a file or a directory to enumerate.
The syntax for directory enumeration is:
* dir, dir/ or dir/*: enumerates everything in directory dir
* foo/*.png: enumerates all files with extension png in directory foo
* foo/*.png;*.jpg: enumerates all files with extension png or jpg in directory foo
The resulting file list can be sorted using .I fsort.
If the sort mode is datex and source files are images or single frame files, the following applies:
- options .I floop, .I revert and .I fdur are ignored
- the files are sorted by modification time
- the first frame is assigned a timestamp of 0
- each frame (coming from each file) is assigned a duration equal to the difference of modification time between the file and the next file
- the last frame is assigned the same duration as the previous one
When sorting by names:
- shorter filenames are inserted before longer filenames
- alphabetical sorting is used if same filename length

Playlist mode

The playlist mode is activated when opening a playlist file (m3u format, utf-8 encoding, no BOM, default extensions m3u, txt or pl).
In this mode, directives can be given in a comment line, i.e. a line starting with # before the line with the file name.
Lines stating with ## are ignored.
The playlist file is refreshed whenever the next source has to be reloaded in order to allow for dynamic pushing of sources in the playlist.
If the last URL played cannot be found in the playlist, the first URL in the playlist file will be loaded.
When .I plka is used to keep refreshing the playlist on regular basis, the playlist must end with a new line.
Playlist refreshing will abort:
- if the input playlist has a line not ending with a LF ( character, in order to avoid asynchronous issues when reading the playlist.
- if the input playlist has not been modified for the .I timeout option value (infinite by default).

  Playlist directives
A playlist directive line can contain zero or more directives, separated with space. The following directives are supported:
* repeat=N: repeats N times the content (hence played N+1), infinite loop if negative.
* start=T: tries to play the file from start time T seconds (double format only). This may not work with some files/formats not supporting seeking.
* stop=T: stops source playback after T seconds (double format only). This works on any source (implemented independently from seek support).
* cat: specifies that the following entry should be concatenated to the previous source rather than opening a new source. This can optionally specify a byte range if desired, otherwise the full file is concatenated.
Note: When sources are ISOBMFF files or segments on local storage or GF_FileIO objects, the concatenation will be automatically detected.
* srange=T: when cat is set, indicates the start T (64 bit decimal, default 0) of the byte range from the next entry to concatenate.
* send=T: when cat is set, indicates the end T (64 bit decimal, default 0) of the byte range from the next entry to concatenate.
* props=STR: assigns properties described in STR to all PIDs coming from the listed sources on next line. STR is formatted according to gpac -h doc using the default parameter set.
* del: specifies that the source file(s) must be deleted once processed, true by default if .I fdel is set.
* out=V: specifies splicing start time (cf below).
* in=V: specifies splicing end time (cf below).
* nosync: prevents timestamp adjustments when joining sources (implied if cat is set).
* keep: keeps spliced period in output (cf below).
* mark: only inject marker for the splice period and do not load any replacement content (cf below).
* sprops=STR: assigns properties described in STR to all PIDs of the main content during a splice (cf below). STR is formatted according to gpac -h doc using the default parameter set.
* chap=NAME: assigns chapter name at the start of next URL (filter always removes source chapter names).
* base_url=PATH: overrides base URL for all following entries in the playlist. To reset, use an empty string.
When the playlist is transmitted as packets (pipes, sockets, ...), the following directives also apply:
* replace: replaces the entire playlist content with new packet payload, otherwise concatenate (payload must start with #replace).
* purge: avoids having the playlist continuously growing by removing all inactive content before previous #purge directive, evaluated at each new packet only (payload must start with #purge).
The following global options (applying to the filter, not the sources) may also be set in the playlist:
* ka=N: force .I plka option to N millisecond refresh.
* floop=N: set .I floop option from within playlist.
* raw: set .I raw option from within playlist.
The default behavior when joining sources is to realign the timeline origin of the new source to the maximum time in all PIDs of the previous sources.
This may create gaps in the timeline in case previous source PIDs are not of equal duration (quite common with most audio codecs).
Using nosync directive will disable this realignment and provide a continuous timeline but may introduce synchronization errors depending in the source encoding (use with caution).

  Source syntax
The source lines follow the usual source syntax, see gpac -h.
Additional PID properties can be added per source (see gpac -h doc), but are valid only for the current source, and reset at next source.
The loaded sources do not inherit arguments from the parent playlist filter.
The URL given can either be a single URL, or a list of URLs separated by " && " to load several sources for the active entry.
Warning: There shall not be any other space/tab characters between sources.
Example
audio.mp4 && video.mp4

  Source with filter chains
Each URL can be followed by a chain of one or more filters, using the @ link directive as used in gpac (see gpac -h doc).
A negative link index (e.g. @-1) can be used to setup a new filter chain starting from the last specified source in the line.
Warning: There shall be a single character, with value space (' '), before and after each link directive.
Example
src.mp4 @ reframer:rt=on
This will inject a reframer with real-time regulation between source and flist filter.
Example
src.mp4 @ reframer:saps=1 @1 reframer:saps=0,2,3
src.mp4 @ reframer:saps=1 @-1 reframer:saps=0,2,3
This will inject a reframer filtering only SAP1 frames and a reframer filtering only non-SAP1 frames between source and flist filter
Link options can be specified (see gpac -h doc).
Example
src.mp4 @#video reframer:rt=on
This will inject a reframer with real-time regulation between video PID of source and flist filter.
When using filter chains, the flist filter will only accept PIDs from the last declared filter in the chain.
In order to accept other PIDs from the source, you must specify a final link directive with no following filter.
Example
src.mp4 @#video reframer:rt=on @-1#audio
This will inject a reframer with real-time regulation between video PID of source and flist filter, and will also allow audio PIDs from source to connect to flist filter.
The empty link directive can also be used on the last declared filter
Example
src.mp4 @ reframer:rt=on @#audio
This will inject a reframer with real-time regulation between source and flist filter and only connect audio PIDs to flist filter.

  Splicing
The playlist can be used to splice content with other content following a media in the playlist.
A source item is declared as main media in a splice operation if and only if it has an out directive set (possibly empty).
Directive can be used for the main media except concatenation directives.
The splicing operations do not alter media frames and do not perform uncompressed domain operations such as cross-fade or mixing.
The out (resp. in) directive specifies the media splice start (resp. end) time. The value can be formatted as follows:
* empty: the time is not yet assigned
* `now`: the time is resolved to the next SAP point in the media
* integer, float or fraction: set time in seconds
* `+VAL`: used for in only, specify the end point as delta in seconds from the start point (VAL can be integer, float or fraction)
* DATE: set splice time according to wall clock DATE, formatted as an XSD dateTime
The splice times (except wall clock) are expressed in the source (main media) timing, not the reconstructed output timeline.
When a splice begins (out time reached), the source items following the main media are played until the end of the splice or the end of the main media.
Sources used during the splice period can use directives such as start, dur or repeat.
Once a splice is done (in time reached), the main media out splice time is reset to undefined.
When the main media has undefined out or in splice times, the playlist is reloaded at each new main media packet to check for resolved values.
- out can only be modified when no splice is active, otherwise it is ignored. If modified, it resets the next source to play to be the one following the modified main media.
- in can only be modified when a splice is active with an undefined end time, otherwise it is ignored.
When the main media is over:
- if repeat directive is set, the main media is repeated, in and out set to their initial values and the next splicing content is the one following the main content,
- otherwise, the next source queued is the one following the last source played during the last splice period.
It is allowed to defined several main media in the playlist, but a main media is not allowed as media for a splice period.
The filter will look for the property Period on the output PIDs of the main media for multi-period DASH.
If found, _N is appended to the period ID, with N starting from 1 and increased at each main media resume.
If no Period property is set on main or spliced media, period switch can still be forced using .I -pswitch DASH option.
If mark directive is set for a main media, no content replacement is done and the splice boundaries will be signaled in the main media.
If keep directive is set for a main media, the main media is forwarded along with the replacement content.
When mark or keep directives are set, it is possible to alter the PID properties of the main media using sprops directive.
Example
#out=2 in=4 mark sprops=#xlink=http://foo.bar/
src:#Period=main
This will inject property xlink on the output PIDs in the splice zone (corresponding to period main_2) but not in the rest of the main media.
Directives mark, keep and sprops are reset at the end of the splice period.

Options (expert):

floop (sint, default: 0): loop playlist/list of files, 0 for one time, n for n+1 times, -1 for indefinitely
srcs (strl): list of files to play
fdur (frac, default: 1/25): frame duration for source files with a single frame (0/NaN fraction means reuse source timing which is usually not set!)
revert (bool, default: false): revert list of files (.I srcs, not playlist)
timescale (uint, default: 0): force output timescale on all PIDs (0 uses the timescale of the first PID found)
plka (uint, default: 0): keep playlist alive (disable loop), waiting for a new input to be added or #end directive to end playlist. The value specifies the refresh rate in ms
timeout (luint, default: -1): timeout in ms after which the playlist is considered dead (-1 means indefinitely)
fsort (enum, default: no): sort list of files
* no: no sorting, use default directory enumeration of OS
* name: sort by alphabetical name
* size: sort by increasing size
* date: sort by increasing modification time
* datex: sort by increasing modification time
sigcues (bool, default: false): inject CueStart property at each source begin (new or repeated) for DASHing
sigperiods (bool, default: false): ask for a new DASH Period at each source begin ; useful when media timing needs to be reset at loops (TTML, ...)
fdel (bool, default: false): delete source files after processing in playlist mode (does not delete the playlist)
keepts (bool, default: false): keep initial timestamps unmodified (no reset to 0)
raw (enum, default: no): force input AV streams to be in raw format
* no: do not force decoding of inputs
* av: force decoding of audio and video inputs
* a: force decoding of audio inputs
* v: force decoding of video inputs
flush (bool, default: false): send a flush signal once playlist is done before entering keepalive

m2tsmx

Description: MPEG-2 TS multiplexer
This filter multiplexes one or more input PIDs into a MPEG-2 Transport Stream multiplex.

PID selection

The MPEG-2 TS multiplexer assigns M2TS PID for media streams using the PID of the PMT plus the stream index.
For example, the default config creates the first program with a PMT PID 100, the first stream will have a PID of 101.
Streams are grouped in programs based on input PID property ServiceID if present. If absent, stream will go in the program with service ID as indicated by .I sid option.
- .I name option is overridden by input PID property ServiceName.
- .I provider option is overridden by input PID property ServiceProvider.
- .I pcr_offset option is overridden by input PID property "tsmux:pcr_offset"
- .I first_pts option is overridden by input PID property "tsmux:force_pts"
- .I temi option is overridden by input PID property "tsmux:temi"

Time and External Media Information (TEMI)

The .I temi option allows specifying a list of URLs or timeline IDs to insert in streams of a program.
One or more TEMI timeline can be specified per PID.
The syntax is a comma-separated list of one or more TEMI description.
Each TEMI description is formatted as ID_OR_URL or #OPT1[#OPT2]#ID_OR_URL. Options are:
* S`N`: indicate the target service with ID N
* T`N`: set timescale to use (default: PID timescale)
* D`N`: set delay in ms between two TEMI url descriptors (default 1000)
* O`N`: set offset (max 64 bits) to add to TEMI timecodes (default 0). If timescale is not specified, offset value is in ms, otherwise in timescale units.
* I`N`: set initial value (max 64 bits) of TEMI timecodes. If not set, initial value will match first packet CTS. If timescale is not specified, value is in PID timescale units, otherwise in specified timescale units.
* P`N`: indicate target PID in program. Possible values are
  * `V`: only insert for video streams.
  * `A`: only insert for audio streams.
  * `T`: only insert for text streams.
  * N: only insert for stream with index N (0-based) in the program.
* L`C`: set 64bit timecode signaling. Possible values for C are:
  * `A`: automatic switch between 32 and 64 bit depending on timecode value (default if not specified).
  * `Y`: use 64 bit signaling only.
  * `N`: use 32 bit signaling only and wrap around timecode value.
* N: insert NTP timestamp in TEMI timeline descriptor
* n: insert NTP timestamp using NTP for first packet than incrementing based on media timestamp (for non real-time)
* ID_OR_URL: If number, indicate the TEMI ID to use for external timeline. Otherwise, give the URL to insert

Example
temi="url"
Inserts a TEMI URL+timecode in the each stream of each program.
Example
temi="#P0#url,#P1#4"
Inserts a TEMI URL+timecode in the first stream of all programs and an external TEMI with ID 4 in the second stream of all programs.
Example
temi="#P0#2,#P0#url,#P1#4"
Inserts a TEMI with ID 2 and a TEMI URL+timecode in the first stream of all programs, and an external TEMI with ID 4 in the second stream of all programs.
Example
temi="#S20#4,#S10#URL"
Inserts an external TEMI with ID 4 in the each stream of program with ServiceID 20 and a TEMI URL in each stream of program with ServiceID 10.
Example
temi="#N#D500#PV#T30000#4"
Inserts an external TEMI with ID 4 and timescale 30000, NTP injection and carousel of 500 ms in the video stream of all programs.
Warning: multipliers (k,m,g) are not supported in TEMI options.
When input TEMI properties are found, they can be removed using .I temi_fwd. When rewritten, any NTP information present is rewritten to the current NTP.

Adaptive Streaming

In DASH and HLS mode:
- the PCR is always initialized at 0, and .I flush_rap is automatically set.
- unless nb_pack is specified, 200 TS packets will be used as pack output in DASH mode.
- pes_pack=none is forced since some demultiplexers have issues with non-aligned ADTS PES.
The filter watches the property FileNumber on incoming packets to create new files, or new segments in DASH mode.

Custom streams

The filter will look for property M2TSRA set on the input stream.
The value can either be a 4CC or a string, indicating the MP2G-2 TS Registration tag for unknown media types.
The value SRT (alias: srt, SRT) will inject an SRT header with frame number increasing at each packet and start time 0.
Example
gpac -i source.srt:#M2TSRA='SRT ' -o mux.ts
This will inject the content of the source SRT as a PES data stream, removing any markup.
Example
gpac -i source.srt:stxtmod=sbtt:#M2TSRA='SRT ' -o mux.ts
This will inject the content of the source SRT as a PES data stream, keeping the markup.

Notes

In LATM mux mode, the decoder configuration is inserted at the given .I repeat_rate or CarouselRate PID property if defined.
By default text streams are embeded using HLS ID3 schemes, use M2TSRA property to use raw private PES.
WebVTT header and TX3G formatting are removed, only the text data is injected.

Options (expert):

breq (uint, default: 100): buffer requirements in ms for input PIDs
pmt_id (uint, default: 100): define the ID of the first PMT to use in the mux
rate (uint, default: 0): target rate in bps of the multiplex. If not set, variable rate is used
pmt_rate (uint, default: 200): interval between PMT in ms
pat_rate (uint, default: 200): interval between PAT in ms
first_pts (luint, default: 0): force PTS value of first packet, in 90kHz
pcr_offset (luint, default: -1): offset all timestamps from PCR by V, in 90kHz (default value is computed based on input media)
mpeg4 (enum, default: none): force usage of MPEG-4 signaling (IOD and SL Config)
* none: disables 4on2
* full: sends AUs as SL packets over section for OD, section/pes for scene (cf bifs_pes)
* scene: sends only scene streams as 4on2 but uses regular PES without SL for audio and video
pmt_version (uint, default: 200): set version number of the PMT
disc (bool, default: false): set the discontinuity marker for the first packet of each stream
repeat_rate (uint, default: 0): interval in ms between two carousel send for MPEG-4 systems (overridden by CarouselRate PID property if defined)
repeat_img (uint, default: 0): interval in ms between re-sending (as PES) of single-image streams (if 0, image data is sent once only)
max_pcr (uint, default: 100): set max interval in ms between 2 PCR
nb_pack (uint, default: 4): pack N TS packets in output packets
pes_pack (enum, default: audio): set AU to PES packing mode
* audio: will pack only multiple audio AUs in a PES
* none: make exactly one AU per PES
* all: will pack multiple AUs per PES for all streams
realtime (bool, default: false): use real-time output
bifs_pes (enum, default: off): select BIFS streams packetization (PES vs sections)
* on: uses BIFS PES
* off: uses BIFS sections
* copy: uses BIFS PES but removes timestamps in BIFS SL and only carries PES timestamps
flush_rap (bool, default: false): force flushing mux program when RAP is found on video, and injects PAT and PMT before the next video PES begin
pcr_only (bool, default: false): enable PCR-only TS packets
pcr_init (lsint, default: -1): set initial PCR value for the programs. -1 means random value is picked, other negative value means offset to maximum PCR
sid (uint, default: 0): set service ID for the program
name (str): set service name for the program
provider (str): set service provider name for the program
sdt_rate (uint, default: 0): interval in ms between two DVB SDT tables (if 0, SDT is disabled)
temi (str): insert TEMI time codes in adaptation field
log_freq (uint, default: 500): delay between logs for realtime mux
latm (bool, default: false): use LATM AAC encapsulation instead of regular ADTS
subs_sidx (sint, default: -1): number of subsegments per sidx (negative value disables sidx)
keepts (bool, default: false): keep cts/dts untouched and adjust PCR accordingly, used to keep TS unmodified when dashing
temi_fwd (enum, default: fwd): input TEMI properties when remuwing
* drop: remove input descriptors
* fwd: forward input descriptors
* ntp: forward input descriptors after NTP rewriting

dasher

Description: DASH & HLS segmenter
This filter provides segmentation and manifest generation for MPEG-DASH and HLS formats.
The segmenter currently supports:
- MPD and m3u8 generation (potentially in parallel)
- ISOBMFF, MPEG-2 TS, MKV and raw bitstream segment formats
- override of profiles and levels in manifest for codecs
- most MPEG-DASH profiles
- static and dynamic (live) manifest offering
- context store and reload for batch processing of live/dynamic sessions
The filter does perform per-segment real-time regulation using .I sreg.
If you need per-frame real-time regulation on non-real-time inputs, insert a reframer before to perform real-time regulation.
Example
gpac -i file.mp4 reframer:rt=on -o live.mpd:dmode=dynamic

  Template strings
The segmenter uses templates to derive output file names and folder, regardless of the DASH mode (even when templates are not used). The default one is $File$_dash for ondemand and single file modes, and $File$_$Number$ for separate segment files
Example
template=Great_$File$_$Width$_$Number$
If input is foo.mp4 with 640x360 video resolution, this will resolve in Great_foo_640_$Number$ for the DASH template.
Example
template=Great_$File$_$Width$
If input is foo.mp4 with 640x360 video resolution, this will resolve in Great_foo_640.mp4 for onDemand case.
Standard DASH replacement strings:
* $Number[%%0Nd]$: replaced by the segment number, possibly prefixed with 0
* $RepresentationID$: replaced by representation name
* $Time$: replaced by segment start time
* $Bandwidth$: replaced by representation bandwidth.
* $SubNumber[%%0Nd]$: replaced by the segment number in the segment sequence, possibly prefixed with 0
Note: these strings are not replaced in the manifest templates elements.
Additional replacement strings (not DASH, not generic GPAC replacements but may occur multiple times in template):
* $Init=NAME$: replaced by NAME for init segment, ignored otherwise
* $XInit=NAME$: complete replace by NAME for init segment, ignored otherwise
* $InitExt=EXT$: replaced by EXT for init segment file extensions, ignored otherwise
* $Index=NAME$: replaced by NAME for index segments, ignored otherwise
* $Path=PATH$: replaced by PATH when creating segments, ignored otherwise
* $Segment=NAME$: replaced by NAME for media segments, ignored for init segments
* $SegExt=EXT$: replaced by EXT for media segment file extensions, ignored for init segments
* $FS$ (FileSuffix): replaced by _trackN in case the input is an AV multiplex, or kept empty otherwise
Note: these strings are replaced in the manifest templates elements.
Other properties can also be set, see below.

  PID assignment and configuration
To assign PIDs into periods and adaptation sets and configure the session, the segmenter looks for the following properties on each input PID:
* `Representation`: assigns representation ID to input PID. If not set, the default behavior is to have each media component in different adaptation sets. Setting the Representation allows explicit multiplexing of the source(s)
* `Period`: assigns period ID to input PID. If not set, the default behavior is to have all media in the same period with the same start time
* `PStart`: assigns period start. If not set, 0 is assumed, and periods appear in the Period ID declaration order. If negative, this gives the period order (-1 first, then -2 ...). If positive, this gives the true start time and will abort DASHing at period end
Note: When both positive and negative values are found, the by-order periods (negative) will be inserted AFTER the timed period (positive)
* `ASID`: assigns parent adaptation set ID. If not 0, only sources with same AS ID will be in the same adaptation set
Note: If multiple streams in source, only the first stream will have an AS ID assigned
* `xlink`: for remote periods, only checked for null PID
* `Role`, `PDesc`, `ASDesc`, `ASCDesc`, `RDesc`: various descriptors to set for period, AS or representation
* `BUrl`: overrides segmenter [-base] with a set of BaseURLs to use for the PID (per representation)
* `Template`: overrides segmenter .I template for this PID
* `DashDur`: overrides segmenter segment duration for this PID
* `StartNumber`: sets the start number for the first segment in the PID, default is 1
* `IntraOnly`: indicates input PID follows HLS EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY guidelines
* `CropOrigin`: indicates x and y coordinates of video for SRD (size is video size)
* `SRD`: indicates SRD position and size of video for SRD, ignored if CropOrigin is set
* `SRDRef`: indicates global width and height of SRD, ignored if CropOrigin is set
* `HLSPL`: name of variant playlist, can use templates
* `HLSMExt`: list of extensions to add to master playlist entries, ['foo','bar=val'] added as ,foo,bar=val
* `HLSVExt`: list of extensions to add to variant playlist, ['#foo','#bar=val'] added as #foo #bar=val
* Non-dash properties: Bitrate, SAR, Language, Width, Height, SampleRate, NumChannels, Language, ID, DependencyID, FPS, Interlaced, Codec. These properties are used to setup each representation and can be overridden on input PIDs using the general PID property settings (cf global help).

Example
gpac -i test.mp4:#Bitrate=1M -o test.mpd
This will force declaring a bitrate of 1M for the representation, regardless of actual input bitrate.
Example
gpac -i muxav.mp4 -o test.mpd
This will create un-multiplexed DASH segments.
Example
gpac -i muxav.mp4:#Representation=1 -o test.mpd
This will create multiplexed DASH segments.
Example
gpac -i m1.mp4 -i m2.mp4:#Period=Yep -o test.mpd
This will put src m1.mp4 in first period, m2.mp4 in second period.
Example
gpac -i m1.mp4:#BUrl=http://foo/bar -o test.mpd
This will assign a baseURL to src m1.mp4.
Example
gpac -i m1.mp4:#ASCDesc=<ElemName val="attval">text</ElemName> -o test.mpd
This will assign the specified XML descriptor to the adaptation set.
Note: this can be used to inject most DASH descriptors not natively handled by the segmenter.
The segmenter handles the XML descriptor as a string and does not attempt to validate it. Descriptors, as well as some segmenter filter arguments, are string lists (comma-separated by default), so that multiple descriptors can be added:
gpac -i m1.mp4:#RDesc=<Elem attribute="1"/>,<Elem2>text</Elem2> -o test.mpd
This will insert two descriptors in the representation(s) of m1.mp4.
Example
gpac -i video.mp4:#Template=foo$Number$ -i audio.mp4:#Template=bar$Number$ -o test.mpd
This will assign different templates to the audio and video sources.
Example
gpac -i null:#xlink=http://foo/bar.xml:#PDur=4 -i m.mp4:#PStart=-1 -o test.mpd
This will insert an create an MPD with first a remote period then a regular one.
Example
gpac -i null:#xlink=http://foo/bar.xml:#PStart=6 -i m.mp4 -o test.mpd
This will create an MPD with first a regular period, dashing only 6s of content, then a remote one.
Example
gpac -i v1:#SRD=0x0x1280x360:#SRDRef=1280x720 -i v2:#SRD=0x360x1280x360 -o test.mpd
This will layout the v2 below v1 using a global SRD size of 1280x720.
The segmenter will create multiplexing filter chains for each representation and will reassign PID IDs so that each media component (video, audio, ...) in an adaptation set has the same ID.
For HLS, the output manifest PID will deliver the master playlist and the variant playlists.
The default variant playlist are $NAME_$N.m3u8, where $NAME is the radical of the output file name and $N is the 1-based index of the variant.
When HLS mode is enabled, the segment .I template is relative to the variant playlist file, which can also be templated.
Example
gpac -i av.mp4:#HLSPL=$Type$/index.m3u8 -o dash/live.m3u8:dual:template='$Number$'
This will put video segments and playlist in dash/video/ and audio segments and playlist in dash/audio/

  Segmentation
The default behavior of the segmenter is to estimate the theoretical start time of each segment based on target segment duration, and start a new segment when a packet with SAP type 1,2,3 or 4 with time greater than the theoretical time is found.
This behavior can be changed to find the best SAP packet around a segment theoretical boundary using .I sbound:
* `closest` mode: the segment will start at the closest SAP of the theoretical boundary
* `in` mode: the segment will start at or before the theoretical boundary
Warning: These modes will introduce delay in the segmenter (typically buffering of one GOP) and should not be used for low-latency modes.
The segmenter can also be configured to:
- completely ignore SAP when segmenting using .I sap.
- ignore SAP on non-video streams when segmenting using .I strict_sap.
When .I seg_sync is disabled, the segmenter will by default announce a new segment in the manifest(s) as soon as its size/offset is known or its name is known, but the segment (or part in LL-HLS) may still not be completely written/sent.
This may result in temporary mismatches between segment/part size currently received versus size as advertized in manifest.
When .I seg_sync is enabled, the segmenter will wait for the last byte of the fragment/segment to be pushed before announcing a new segment in the manifest(s). This can however slightly increase the latency in MPEG-DASH low-latency.
When .I sflush is set to single, segmentation is skipped and a single segment is generated per input.

  Dynamic (real-time live) Mode
The dasher does not perform real-time regulation by default.
For regular segmentation, you should enable segment regulation .I sreg if your sources are not real-time.
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 -o live.mpd:segdur=2:profile=live:dmode=dynamic:sreg
For low latency segmentation with fMP4, you will need to specify the following options:
* cdur: set the fMP4 fragment duration
* asto: set the availability time offset for DASH. This value should be equal or slightly greater than segment duration minus cdur
* llhls: enable low latency for HLS
Note: .I llhls does not force cmaf mode to allow for multiplexed media in segments but it enforces to tfdt_traf in the muxer.
If your sources are not real-time, insert a reframer filter with real-time regulation
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 reframer:rt=on -o live.mpd:segdur=2:cdur=0.2:asto=1.8:profile=live:dmode=dynamic
This will create DASH segments of 2 seconds made of fragments of 200 ms and indicate to the client that requests can be made 1.8 seconds earlier than segment complete availability on server.
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 reframer:rt=on -o live.m3u8:segdur=2:cdur=0.2:llhls=br:dmode=dynamic
This will create DASH segments of 2 seconds made of fragments of 200 ms and produce HLS low latency parts using byte ranges in the final segment.
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 reframer:rt=on -o live.m3u8:segdur=2:cdur=0.2:llhls=sf:dmode=dynamic
This will create DASH segments of 2 seconds made of fragments of 200 ms and produce HLS low latency parts using dedicated files.
You can combine LL-HLS and DASH-LL generation:
gpac -i source.mp4 reframer:rt=on -o live.mpd:dual:segdur=2:cdur=0.2:asto=1.8:llhls=br:profile=live:dmode=dynamic
For DASH, the filter will use the local clock for UTC anchor points in DASH.
The filter can fetch and signal clock in other ways using .I utcs.
Example
[opts]:utcs=inband
This will use the local clock and insert in the MPD a UTCTiming descriptor containing the local clock.
Example
[opts]::utcs=http://time.akamai.com[::opts]
This will fetch time from http://time.akamai.com, use it as the UTC reference for segment generation and insert in the MPD a UTCTiming descriptor containing the time server URL.
Note: if not set as a global option using --utcs=, you must escape the url using double :: or use other separators.

  Cue-driven segmentation
The segmenter can take a list of instructions, or Cues, to use for the segmentation process, in which case only these are used to derive segment boundaries. Cues can be set through XML files or injected in input packets.
Cue files can be specified for the entire segmenter, or per PID using DashCue property.
Cues are given in an XML file with a root element called <DASHCues>, with currently no attribute specified. The children are one or more <Stream> elements, with attributes:
* id: integer for stream/track/PID ID
* timescale: integer giving the units of following timestamps
* mode: if present and value is edit, the timestamp are in presentation time (edit list applied) otherwise they are in media time
* ts_offset: integer giving a value (in timescale) to subtract to the DTS/CTS values listed
The children of <Stream> are one or more <Cue> elements, with attributes:
* sample: integer giving the sample/frame number of a sample at which splitting shall happen
* dts: long integer giving the decoding time stamp of a sample at which splitting shall happen
* cts: long integer giving the composition / presentation time stamp of a sample at which splitting shall happen
Warning: Cues shall be listed in decoding order.
If the DashCue property of a PID equals inband, the PID will be segmented according to the CueStart property of input packets.
This feature is typically combined with a list of files as input:
gpac -i list.m3u:sigcues -o res/live.mpd
This will load the flist filter in cue mode, generating continuous timelines from the sources and injecting a CueStart property at each new file.
If the .I cues option equals none, the DashCue property of input PIDs will be ignored.

  Manifest Generation only mode
The segmenter can be used to generate manifests from already fragmented ISOBMFF inputs using .I sigfrag.
In this case, segment boundaries are attached to each packet starting a segment and used to drive the segmentation.
This can be used with single-track ISOBMFF sources, either single file or multi file.
For single file source:
- if onDemand .I profile is requested, sources have to be formatted as a DASH self-initializing media segment with the proper sidx.
- templates are disabled.
- .I sseg is forced for all profiles except onDemand ones.
For multi files source:
- input shall be a playlist containing the initial file followed by the ordered list of segments.
- if no .I template is provided, the full or main .I profile will be used
* if [-template]() is provided, it shall be correct: the filter will not try to guess one from the input file names and will not validate it either.
The manifest generation-only mode supports both MPD and HLS generation.
Example
gpac -i ondemand_src.mp4 -o dash.mpd:sigfrag:profile=onDemand
This will generate a DASH manifest for onDemand Profile based on the input file.
Example
gpac -i ondemand_src.mp4 -o dash.m3u8:sigfrag
This will generate a HLS manifest based on the input file.
Example
gpac -i seglist.txt -o dash.mpd:sigfrag
This will generate a DASH manifest in Main Profile based on the input files.
Example
gpac -i seglist.txt:Template=$XInit=init$$q1/$Number$ -o dash.mpd:sigfrag:profile=live
This will generate a DASH manifest in live Profile based on the input files. The input file will contain init.mp4, q1/1.m4s, q1/2.m4s...

  Cue Generation only mode
The segmenter can be used to only generate segment boundaries from a set of inputs using .I gencues, without generating manifests or output files.
In this mode, output PIDs are declared directly rather than redirected to media segment files.
The segmentation logic is not changed, and packets are forwarded with the same information and timing as in regular mode.
Output PIDs are forwarded with DashCue=inband property, so that any subsequent dasher follows the same segmentation process (see above).
The first packet in a segment has:
- property FileNumber (and, if multiple files, FileName) set as usual
- property CueStart set
- property DFPStart=0 set if this is the first packet in a period
This mode can be used to pre-segment the streams for later processing that must take place before final dashing.
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 dasher:gencues cecrypt:cfile=roll_seg.xml -o live.mpd
This will allow the encrypter to locate dash boundaries and roll keys at segment boundaries.
Example
gpac -i s1.mp4 -i s2.mp4:#CryptInfo=clear:#Period=2 -i s3.mp4:#Period=3 dasher:gencues cecrypt:cfile=roll_period.xml -o live.mpd
If the DRM file uses keyRoll=period, this will generate:
- first period crypted with one key
- second period clear
- third period crypted with another key

  Forced-Template mode
When .I tpl_force is set, the .I template string is not analyzed nor modified for missing elements.
This is typically used to redirect segments to a given destination regardless of the dash profile.
Example
gpac -i SRC -o null:ext=mpd:tpl_force --template=pipe://mypipe
This will trash the manifest and open mypipe as destination for the muxer result.
Warning: Options for segment destination cannot be set through the .I template, global options must be used.

  Batch Operations
The segmentation can be performed in multiple calls using a DASH context set with .I state.
Between calls, the PIDs are reassigned by checking that the PID ID match between the calls and:
- the input file names match between the calls
- or the representation ID (and period ID if specified) match between the calls
If a PID is not matched, it will be assigned to a new period.
The default behaviour assume that the same inputs are used for segmentation and rebuilds a contiguous timeline at each new file start.
If the inputs change but form a continuous timeline, [-keep_ts])() must be used to skip timeline reconstruction.
The inputs will be segmented for a duration of .I subdur if set, otherwise the input media duration.
When inputs are over, they are restarted if .I loop is set otherwise a new period is created.
To avoid this behaviour, the .I sflush option should be set to end or single, indicating that further sources for the same representations will be added in subsequent calls. When .I sflush is not off, the .I loop option is ignored.
Example
gpac -i SRC -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX && gpac -i SRC -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX
This will generate all dash segments for SRC (last one possibly shorter) and create a new period at end of input.
Example
gpac -i SRC -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX:loop && gpac -i SRC -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX:loop
This will generate all dash segments for SRC and restart SRC to fill-up last segment.
Example
gpac -i SRC -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX:sflush=end && gpac -i SRC -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX:sflush=end
This will generate all dash segments for SRC without looping/closing the period at end of input. Timestamps in the second call will be rewritten to be contiguous with timestamp at end of first call.
Example
gpac -i SRC1 -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX:sflush=end:keep_ts && gpac -i SRC2 -o dash.mpd:segdur=2:state=CTX:sflush=end:keep_ts
This will generate all dash segments for SRC1 without looping/closing the period at end of input, then for SRC2. Timestamps of the sources will not be rewritten.
Note: The default behaviour of MP4Box -dash-ctx option is to set the .I loop to true.

  Output redirecting
When loaded implicitly during link resolution, the dasher will only link its outputs to the target sink
Example
gpac -i SRC -o URL1:OPTS1 -o URL2:OPTS1
This will create one dasher (with options OPTS1) for the URL1 and one dasher (with options OPTS1) for URL2.
This allows dashing to multiple outputs with different formats, dash durations, etc.
It can be useful to redirect all the filter outputs to several sinks, for example to push through ROUTE and through HTTP the same segments.
In order to do this, the filter MUST be explicitly loaded and all options related to dash and MP4 must be set either globally or on the dasher filter.
Example
gpac -i SRC dasher:cmfc:segdur=2 -o URL1 -o URL2
This will create a single dasher whose outputs (manifests and segments) will be redirected to the given URLs.
When explicitly loading the filter, the .I dual option will be disabled unless .I mname is set to the alternate output name.

  Multiplexer development considerations
Output multiplexers allowing segmented output must obey the following:
- inspect packet properties
 * FileNumber: if set, indicate the start of a new DASH segment
 * FileName: if set, indicate the file name. If not present, output shall be a single file. This is only set for packet carrying the FileNumber property, and only on one PID (usually the first) for multiplexed outputs
 * IDXName: gives the optional index name. If not present, index shall be in the same file as dash segment. Only used for MPEG-2 TS for now
 * EODS: property is set on packets with no payload and no timestamp to signal the end of a DASH segment. This is only used when stopping/resuming the segmentation process, in order to flush segments without dispatching an EOS (see .I subdur )
- for each segment done, send a downstream event on the first connected PID signaling the size of the segment and the size of its index if any
- for multiplexers with init data, send a downstream event signaling the size of the init and the size of the global index if any
- the following filter options are passed to multiplexers, which should declare them as arguments:
 * noinit: disables output of init segment for the multiplexer (used to handle bitstream switching with single init in DASH)
 * frag: indicates multiplexer shall use fragmented format (used for ISOBMFF mostly)
 * subs_sidx=0: indicates an SIDX shall be generated - only added if not already specified by user
 * xps_inband=all|no|both: indicates AVC/HEVC/... parameter sets shall be sent inband, out of band, or both
 * nofragdef: indicates fragment defaults should be set in each segment rather than in init segment
The segmenter adds the following properties to the output PIDs:
* DashMode: identifies VoD (single file with global index) or regular DASH mode used by segmenter
* DashDur: identifies target DASH segment duration - this can be used to estimate the SIDX size for example
* LLHLS: identifies LLHLS is used; the multiplexer must send fragment size events back to the dasher, and set LLHLSFragNum on the first packet of each fragment
* SegSync: indicates that fragments/segments must be completely flushed before sending back size events
* InitBase64: indicates that the base64-encoded init segment must be set in the init segment size event

Options (expert):

segdur (frac, default: 0/0): target segment duration in seconds. A value less than or equal to 0 defaults to 1.0 second
tpl (bool, default: true): use template mode (multiple segment, template URLs)
stl (bool, default: false): use segment timeline (ignored in on_demand mode)
dmode (enum, default: static, updatable): dash content mode
* static: static content
* dynamic: live generation
* dynlast: last call for live, will turn the MPD into static
* dynauto: live generation and move to static manifest upon end of stream
sseg (bool, default: false): single segment is used
sfile (bool, default: false): use a single file for all segments (default in on_demand)
align (bool, default: true): enable segment time alignment between representations
sap (bool, default: true): enable splitting segments at SAP boundaries
mix_codecs (bool, default: false): enable mixing different codecs in an adaptation set
ntp (enum, default: rem): insert/override NTP clock at the beginning of each segment
* rem: removes NTP from all input packets
* yes: inserts NTP at each segment start
* keep: leaves input packet NTP untouched
no_sar (bool, default: false): do not check for identical sample aspect ratio for adaptation sets
bs_switch (enum, default: def): bitstream switching mode (single init segment)
* def: resolves to off for onDemand and inband for live
* off: disables BS switching
* on: enables it if same decoder configuration is possible
* inband: moves decoder config inband if possible
* both: inband and outband parameter sets
* pps: moves PPS and APS inband, keep VPS, SPS and DCI out of band (used for VVC RPR)
* force: enables it even if only one representation
* multi: uses multiple stsd entries in ISOBMFF
template (str): template string to use to generate segment name
segext (str): file extension to use for segments
initext (str): file extension to use for the init segment
muxtype (enum, default: auto): muxtype to use for the segments
* mp4: uses ISOBMFF format
* ts: uses MPEG-2 TS format
* mkv: uses Matroska format
* webm: uses WebM format
* ogg: uses OGG format
* raw: uses raw media format (disables multiplexed representations)
* auto: guesses format based on extension, defaults to mp4 if no extension is provided
rawsub (bool, default: no): use raw subtitle format instead of encapsulating in container
asto (dbl, default: 0): availabilityTimeOffset to use in seconds. A negative value simply increases the AST, a positive value sets the ASToffset to representations
profile (enum, default: auto): target DASH profile. This will set default option values to ensure conformance to the desired profile. For MPEG-2 TS, only main and live are used, others default to main
* auto: turns profile to live for dynamic and full for non-dynamic
* live: DASH live profile, using segment template
* onDemand: MPEG-DASH live profile
* main: MPEG-DASH main profile, using segment list
* full: MPEG-DASH full profile
* hbbtv1.5.live: HBBTV 1.5 DASH profile
* dashavc264.live: DASH-IF live profile
* dashavc264.onDemand: DASH-IF onDemand profile
* dashif.ll: DASH IF low-latency profile (set UTC server to time.akamai.com if none set)
profX (str): list of profile extensions, as used by DASH-IF and DVB. The string will be colon-concatenated with the profile used. If starting with +, the profile string by default is erased and + is skipped
query (str): query parameters to append for segment requests (Annex I)
cp (enum, default: set): content protection element location
* set: in adaptation set element
* rep: in representation element
* both: in both adaptation set and representation elements
pssh (enum, default: v): storage mode for PSSH box
* f: stores in movie fragment only
* v: stores in movie only, or movie and fragments if key roll is detected
* m: stores in mpd only
* mf: stores in mpd and movie fragment
* mv: stores in mpd and movie
* n: discard pssh from mpd and segments
buf (sint, default: -100): min buffer duration in ms. negative value means percent of segment duration (e.g. -150 = 1.5*seg_dur)
spd (sint, default: 0): suggested presentation delay in ms
timescale (sint, default: 0): set timescale for timeline and segment list/template. A value of 0 picks up the first timescale of the first stream in an adaptation set. A negative value forces using stream timescales for each timed element (multiplication of segment list/template/timelines). A positive value enforces the MPD timescale
check_dur (bool, default: true): check duration of sources in period, trying to have roughly equal duration. Enforced whenever period start times are used
skip_seg (bool, default: false): increment segment number whenever an empty segment would be produced - NOT DASH COMPLIANT
title (str): MPD title
source (str): MPD Source
info (str): MPD info url
cprt (str): MPD copyright string
lang (str): language of MPD Info
location (strl): set MPD locations to given URL
base (strl): set base URLs of MPD
refresh (dbl, default: 0): refresh rate for dynamic manifests, in seconds (a negative value sets the MPD duration, value 0 uses dash duration)
tsb (dbl, default: 30): time-shift buffer depth in seconds (a negative value means infinity)
keep_segs (bool, default: false): do not delete segments no longer in time-shift buffer
ast (str): set start date (as xs:date, e.g. YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ) for live mode. Default is now. !! Do not use with multiple periods, nor when DASH duration is not a multiple of GOP size !!
state (str): path to file used to store/reload state info when simulating live. This is stored as a valid MPD with GPAC XML extensions
keep_ts (bool, default: false): do not shift timestamp when reloading a context
loop (bool, default: false): loop sources when dashing with subdur and state. If not set, a new period is created once the sources are over
subdur (dbl, default: 0): maximum duration of the input file to be segmented. This does not change the segment duration, segmentation stops once segments produced exceeded the duration
split (bool, default: true): enable cloning samples for text/metadata/scene description streams, marking further clones as redundant
hlsc (bool, default: false): insert clock reference in variant playlist in live HLS
cues (str): set cue file
strict_cues (bool, default: false): strict mode for cues, complains if splitting is not on SAP type 1/2/3 or if unused cue is found
strict_sap (enum, default: off): strict mode for sap
* off: ignore SAP types for PID other than video, enforcing AdaptationSet@startsWithSAP=1
* sig: same as -off but keep AdaptationSet@startsWithSAP to the true SAP value
* on: warn if any PID uses SAP 3 or 4 and switch to FULL profile
* intra: ignore SAP types greater than 3 on all media types
subs_sidx (sint, default: -1): number of subsegments per sidx. Negative value disables sidx. Only used to inherit sidx option of destination
cmpd (bool, default: false): skip line feed and spaces in MPD XML for compactness
styp (str): indicate the 4CC to use for styp boxes when using ISOBMFF output
dual (bool): indicate to produce both MPD and M3U files
segcts (bool): compute the segment number by dividing the first CTS by .I segdur
sigfrag (bool): use manifest generation only mode
sbound (enum, default: out): indicate how the theoretical segment start TSS (= segment_number * duration) should be handled
* out: segment split as soon as TSS is exceeded (TSS <= segment_start)
* closest: segment split at closest SAP to theoretical bound
* in: TSS is always in segment (TSS >= segment_start)
reschedule (bool, default: false): reschedule sources with no period ID assigned once done (dynamic mode only)
sreg (bool, default: false): regulate the session
- when using subdur and context, only generate segments from the past up to live edge
- otherwise in dynamic mode without context, do not generate segments ahead of time
scope_deps (bool, default: true): scope PID dependencies to be within source. If disabled, PID dependencies will be checked across all input PIDs regardless of their sources
utcs (str): URL to use as time server / UTCTiming source. Special value inband enables inband UTC (same as publishTime), special prefix xsd@ uses xsDateTime schemeURI rather than ISO
sflush (enum, default: off): segment flush mode - see filter help:
* off: no specific actions
* single: force generating a single segment for each input
* end: skip loop detection and clamp duration adjustment at end of input, used for state mode
last_seg_merge (bool, default: false): force merging last segment if less than half the target duration
mha_compat (enum, default: no): adaptation set generation mode for compatible MPEG-H Audio profile
* no: only generate the adaptation set for the main profile
* comp: only generate the adaptation sets for all compatible profiles
* all: generate the adaptation set for the main profile and all compatible profiles
mname (str): output manifest name for ATSC3 multiplexing (using 'm3u8' only toggles HLS generation)
llhls (enum, default: off): HLS low latency type
* off: do not use LL-HLS
* br: use LL-HLS with byte-range for segment parts, pointing to full segment (DASH-LL compatible)
* sf: use separate files for segment parts (post-fixed .1, .2 etc.)
* brsf: generate two sets of manifest, one for byte-range and one for files (_IF added before extension of manifest)
hlsdrm (str): cryp file info for HLS full segment encryption
hlsx (strl): list of string to append to master HLS header before variants with ['#foo','#bar=val'] added as #foo #bar=val
hlsiv (bool, default: true): inject IV in variant HLS playlist
ll_preload_hint (bool, default: true): inject preload hint for LL-HLS
ll_rend_rep (bool, default: true): inject rendition reports for LL-HLS
ll_part_hb (dbl, default: -1): user-defined part hold-back for LLHLS, negative value means 3 times max part duration in session
ckurl (str): set the ClearKey URL common to all encrypted streams (overridden by CKUrl pid property)
hls_absu (enum, default: no): use absolute url in HLS generation using first URL in base
* no: do not use absolute URL
* var: use absolute URL only in variant playlists
* mas: use absolute URL only in master playlist
* both: use absolute URL everywhere
hls_ap (bool, default: false): use audio as primary media instead of video when generating playlists
seg_sync (enum, default: auto): control how waiting on last packet P of fragment/segment to be written impacts segment injection in manifest
* no: do not wait for P
* yes: wait for P
* auto: wait for P if HLS is used
cmaf (enum, default: no): use cmaf guidelines
* no: CMAF not enforced
* cmfc: use CMAF cmfc guidelines
* cmf2: use CMAF cmf2 guidelines
pswitch (enum, default: single): period switch control mode
* single: change period if PID configuration changes
* force: force period switch at each PID reconfiguration instead of absorbing PID reconfiguration (for splicing or ad insertion not using periodID)
* stsd: change period if PID configuration changes unless new configuration was advertised in initial config
chain (str): URL of next MPD for regular chaining
chain_fbk (str): URL of fallback MPD
gencues (bool, default: false): only insert segment boundaries and do not generate manifests
force_init (bool, default: false): force init segment creation in bitstream switching mode
keep_src (bool, default: false): keep source URLs in manifest generation mode
gxns (bool, default: false): insert some gpac extensions in manifest (for now, only tfdt of first segment)
dkid (enum, default: auto): control injection of default KID in MPD
* off: default KID not injected
* on: default KID always injected
* auto: default KID only injected if no key roll is detected (as per DASH-IF guidelines)
tpl_force (bool, default: false): use template string as is without trying to add extension or solve conflicts in names
inband_event (bool, default: false): insert a default inband event stream in the DASH manifest
ttml_agg (bool, default: false): force aggregation of TTML samples of a DASH segment into a single sample
evte_agg (bool, default: false): force aggregation of Event Track samples of a DASH segment into a single sample
base64 (bool, default: false): embed init segments in manifests as base64

tileagg

Description: HEVC Tile aggregator
This filter aggregates a set of split tiled HEVC streams (hvt1 or hvt2 in ISOBMFF) into a single HEVC stream.

Options (expert):

tiledrop (uintl, updatable): specify indexes of tiles to drop
ttimeout (uint, default: 10000, updatable): number of milliseconds to wait until considering a tile packet lost, 0 waits forever

tilesplit

Description: HEVC Tile splitter
This filter splits an HEVC tiled stream into tiled HEVC streams (hvt1 or hvt2 in ISOBMFF).
The filter will move to passthrough mode if the bitstream is not tiled.
If the Bitrate property is set on the input PID, the output tile PIDs will have a bitrate set to (Bitrate - 10k)/nb_opids, 10 kbps being reserved for the base.
Each tile PID will be assigned the following properties:
* `ID`: equal to the base PID ID (same as input) plus the 1-based index of the tile in raster scan order.
* `TileID`: equal to the 1-based index of the tile in raster scan order.
Warning: The filter does not check if tiles are independently-coded (MCTS) !
Warning: Support for dynamic changes of tiling grid has not been tested !

Options (expert):

tiledrop (uintl, updatable): specify indexes of tiles to drop (0-based, in tile raster scan order)

pin

Description: Pipe input
This filter handles generic input pipes (mono-directional) in blocking or non blocking mode.
Warning: Input pipes cannot seek.
Data format of the pipe may be specified using extension (either in file name or through .I ext) or MIME type through .I mime.
Note: Unless disabled at session level (see .I -no-probe ), file extensions are usually ignored and format probing is done on the first data block.

stdin pipe

The filter can handle reading from stdin, by using - or stdin as input file name.
Example
gpac -i - vout
gpac -i stdin vout
When reading from stdin, the default timeout is 10 seconds.

Named pipes

The filter can handle reading from named pipes. The associated protocol scheme is pipe:// when loaded as a generic input (e.g. -i pipe://URL where URL is a relative or absolute pipe name).
On Windows hosts, the default pipe prefix is \.ipeac if no prefix is set.
dst=mypipe resolves in \.ipeacpipe
dst=\.ipeapppipe resolves in \.ipeapppipe
Any destination name starting with \ is used as is, with translated in /.
Input pipes are created by default in non-blocking mode.
The filter can create the pipe if not found using .I mkp. On windows hosts, this will create a pipe server.
On non windows hosts, the created pipe will delete the pipe file upon filter destruction.

Input pipes can be setup to run forever using .I ka. In this case:
- any potential pipe close on the writing side will be ignored
- pipeline flushing will be triggered upon pipe close if .I sigflush is set
- final end of stream will be triggered upon session close.

This can be useful to pipe raw streams from different process into gpac:
* Receiver side: gpac -i pipe://mypipe:ext=.264:mkp:ka
* Sender side: cat raw1.264 > mypipe && gpac -i raw2.264 -o pipe://mypipe:ext=.264
The pipeline flush is signaled as EOS while keeping the stream active.
This is typically needed for mux filters waiting for EOS to flush their data.

If .I marker is set, the following strings (all 8-bytes with

Options (expert):

src (cstr): name of source pipe
block_size (uint, default: 5000): buffer size used to read pipe
ext (str): indicate file extension of pipe data
mime (str): indicate mime type of pipe data
blk (bool, default: false): open pipe in block mode
ka (bool, default: false): keep-alive pipe when end of input is detected
mkp (bool, default: false): create pipe if not found
sigflush (bool, default: false): signal end of stream upon pipe close - cf filter help
marker (bool, default: false): inspect payload for flush and reconfigure signals - cf filter help
bpcnt (uint, default: 0): number of broken pipe allowed before exiting, 0 means forever
timeout (uint, default: 0): timeout in ms before considering input is in end of stream (0: no timeout)

pout

Description: Pipe output
This filter handles generic output pipes (mono-directional) in blocking mode only.
Warning: Output pipes do not currently support non blocking mode.
The associated protocol scheme is pipe:// when loaded as a generic output (e.g. -o pipe://URL where URL is a relative or absolute pipe name).
Data format of the pipe shall be specified using extension (either in filename or through .I ext option) or MIME type through .I mime
The pipe name indicated in .I dst can use template mechanisms from gpac, e.g. dst=pipe_$ServiceID$
On Windows hosts, the default pipe prefix is \.ipeac if no prefix is set
dst=mypipe resolves in \.ipeacpipe
dst=\.ipeapppipe resolves in \.ipeapppipe
Any destination name starting with \ is used as is, with translated in /
The pipe input can create the pipe if not found using .I mkp. On windows hosts, this will create a pipe server.
On non windows hosts, the created pipe will delete the pipe file upon filter destruction.
The pipe can be kept alive after a broken pipe is detected using .I ka. This is typically used when clients crash/exits and resumes.
When a keep-alive pipe is broken, input data is discarded and the filter will keep trashing data as fast as possible.
It is therefore recommended to use this mode with real-time inputs (use a reframer if needed).
If .I marker is set, the string GPACPIF (8 bytes including 0-terminator) will be written to the pipe at each detected pipeline flush.
Pipeline flushing is currently triggered by DASH segment end or ISOBMF fragment end.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): name of destination pipe
ext (str): indicate file extension of pipe data
mime (str): indicate mime type of pipe data
dynext (bool, default: false): indicate the file extension is set by filter chain, not dst
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
speed (dbl, default: 1.0): set playback speed. If negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
mkp (bool, default: false): create pipe if not found
block_size (uint, default: 5000): buffer size used to write to pipe, Windows only
ka (bool, default: false): keep pipe alive when broken pipe is detected
marker (bool, default: false): inject marker upon pipeline flush events

gsfmx

Description: GSF multiplexer
This filter provides GSF (GPAC Serialized Format) multiplexing.
It serializes the stream states (config/reconfig/info update/remove/eos) and packets of input PIDs. This allows either saving to file a session, or forwarding the state/data of streams to another instance of GPAC using either pipes or sockets. Upstream events are not serialized.
The default behavior does not insert sequence numbers. When running over general protocols not ensuring packet order, this should be inserted.
The serializer sends tune-in packets (global and per PID) at the requested carousel rate - if 0, no carousel. These packets are marked as redundant so that they can be discarded by output filters if needed.

Encryption

The stream format can be encrypted in AES 128 CBC mode. For all packets, the packet header (header, size, frame size/block offset and optional seq num) are in the clear and the following bytes until the last byte of the last multiple of block size (16) fitting in the payload are encrypted.
For data packets, each fragment is encrypted individually to avoid error propagation in case of losses.
For other packets, the entire packet is encrypted before fragmentation (fragments cannot be processed individually).
For header/tunein packets, the first 25 bytes after the header are in the clear (signature,version,IV and pattern).
The .I IV is constant to avoid packet overhead, randomly generated if not set and sent in the initial stream header. Pattern mode can be used (cf CENC cbcs) to encrypt K block and leave N blocks in the clear.

Filtering properties

The header/tunein packet may get quite big when all PID properties are kept. In order to help reduce its size, the .I minp option can be used: this will remove all built-in properties marked as droppable (cf property help) as well as all non built-in properties.
The .I skp option may also be used to specify which property to drop:
skp="4CC1,Name2
This will remove properties of type 4CC1 and properties (built-in or not) of name Name2.

File mode

By default the filter only accepts framed media streams as input PID, not files. This can be changed by explicitly loading the filter with .I ext or .I dst set.
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 gsfmx:dst=manifest.mpd -o dump.gsf
This will DASH the source and store every files produced as PIDs in the GSF mux.
In order to demultiplex such a file, the gsfdmxfilter will likely need to be explicitly loaded:
gpac -i mux.gsf gsfdmx -o dump/$File$:dynext
This will extract all files from the GSF mux.
By default when working in file mode, the filter only accepts PIDs of type file as input.
To allow a mix of files and streams, use .I mixed:
gpac -i source.mp4 gsfmx:dst=manifest.mpd:mixed -o dump.gsf
This will DASH the source, store the manifest file and the media streams with their packet properties in the GSF mux.

Options (expert):

sigsn (bool, default: false): signal packet sequence number after header field and before size field. Sequence number is per PID, encoded on 16 bits. Header packet does not have a SN
sigdur (bool, default: true): signal duration
sigbo (bool, default: false): signal byte offset
sigdts (bool, default: true): signal decoding timestamp
dbg (enum, default: no): set debug mode
* no: disable debug
* nodata: force packet size to 0
* nopck: skip packet
key (mem): encrypt packets using given key
IV (mem): set IV for encryption - a constant IV is used to keep packet overhead small (cbcs-like)
pattern (frac, default: 1/0): set nb_crypt / nb_skip block pattern. default is all encrypted
mpck (uint, default: 0): set max packet size. 0 means no fragmentation (each AU is sent in one packet)
magic (str): magic string to append in setup packet
skp (str): comma separated list of PID property names to skip
minp (bool, default: false): include only the minimum set of properties required for stream processing
crate (dbl, default: 0): carousel period for tune-in info in seconds
ext (str): file extension for file mode
dst (str): target URL in file mode
mixed (bool, default: false): allow GSF to contain both files and media streams

gsfdmx

Description: GSF demultiplexer
This filter provides GSF (GPAC Serialized Format) demultiplexing.
It de-serializes the stream states (config/reconfig/info update/remove/eos) and packets in the GSF bytestream.
This allows either reading a session saved to file, or receiving the state/data of streams from another instance of GPAC using either pipes or sockets
The stream format can be encrypted in AES 128 CBC mode, in which case the demultiplexing filter must be given a 128 bit key.

Options (expert):

key (mem): key for decrypting packets
magic (str): magic string to check in setup packet
mq (uint, default: 4): set max packet queue length for loss detection. 0 will flush incomplete packet when a new one starts
pad (uint, default: 0, minmax: 0-255): byte value used to pad lost packets

sockout

Description: UDP/TCP output
This filter handles generic output sockets (mono-directional) in blocking mode only.
The filter can work in server mode, waiting for source connections, or in client mode, directly connecting to a server.
In server mode, the filter can be instructed to keep running at the end of the stream.
In server mode, the default behavior is to keep input packets when no more clients are connected; this can be adjusted though the .I kp option, however there is no realtime regulation of how fast packets are dropped.
If your sources are not real time, consider adding a real-time scheduler in the chain (cf reframer filter), or set the send .I rate option.
- UDP sockets are used for destinations URLs formatted as udp://NAME
- TCP sockets are used for destinations URLs formatted as tcp://NAME
- UDP unix domain sockets are used for destinations URLs formatted as udpu://NAME
- TCP unix domain sockets are used for destinations URLs formatted as tcpu://NAME
When ports are specified in the URL and the default option separators are used (see gpac -h doc), the URL must either:
- have a trailing '/', e.g. udp://localhost:1234/[:opts]
- use gpac escape, e.g. udp://localhost:1234[:gpac:opts]
The socket output can be configured to drop or revert packet order for test purposes.
A window size in packets is specified as the drop/revert fraction denominator, and the index of the packet to drop/revert is given as the numerator/
If the numerator is 0, a packet is randomly chosen in that window.
Example
:pckd=4/10
This drops every 4th packet of each 10 packet window.
Example
:pckr=0/100
This reverts the send order of one random packet in each 100 packet window.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): URL of destination
sockbuf (uint, default: 65536): block size used to read file
port (uint, default: 1234): default port if not specified
ifce (cstr): default multicast interface
ext (str): file extension of pipe data
mime (str): mime type of pipe data
listen (bool, default: false): indicate the output socket works in server mode
maxc (uint, default: +I): max number of concurrent connections
ka (bool, default: false): keep socket alive if no more connections
kp (bool, default: true): keep packets in queue if no more clients
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
speed (dbl, default: 1.0): set playback speed. If negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
rate (uint, default: 0): set send rate in bps, disabled by default (as fast as possible)
pckr (frac, default: 0/0): reverse packet every N
pckd (frac, default: 0/0): drop packet every N
ttl (uint, default: 0, minmax: 0-127): multicast TTL

rfav1

Description: AV1/IVF/VP9/IAMF reframer
This filter parses AV1 OBU, AV1 AnnexB or IVF with AV1 or VP9 files/data and outputs corresponding visual PID and frames. It also parses IAMF OBU and outputs corresponding temporal units containing audio frames and parameter blocks.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 0/1000): import frame rate (0 default to FPS from bitstream or 25 Hz)
index (dbl, default: -1.0): indexing window length. If 0, bitstream is not probed for duration. A negative value skips the indexing if the source file is larger than 20M (slows down importers) unless a play with start range > 0 is issued
importer (bool, default: false): compatibility with old importer
deps (bool, default: false): import sample dependency information
notime (bool, default: false): ignore input timestamps, rebuild from 0
temporal_delim (bool, default: false): keep temporal delimiters in reconstructed frames
bsdbg (enum, default: off): debug OBU parsing in media@debug logs
* off: not enabled
* on: enabled
* full: enable with number of bits dumped

ufobu

Description: IVF/OBU/annexB rewriter
This filter rewrites VPx or AV1 bitstreams into a IVF, annexB or OBU sequence.
The temporal delimiter OBU is re-inserted in annexB (.av1 and .av1bfiles, with obu_size set) and OBU sequences (.obufiles, without obu_size)
Timecode metadata optionally inserted
Note: VP8/9 codecs will only use IVF output (equivalent to file extension .ivf or :ext=ivf set on output).

Options (expert):

rcfg (bool, default: true): force repeating decoder config at each I-frame

nvdec

Description: NVidia decoder
This filter decodes MPEG-2, MPEG-4 Part 2, AVC|H264 and HEVC streams through NVidia decoder. It allows GPU frame dispatch or direct frame copy.
If the SDK is not available, the configuration key nvdec@disabled will be written in configuration file to avoid future load attempts.
The absolute path to cuda lib can be set using the cuda_lib option in core or temp section of the config file, e.g. -cfg=temp:cuda_lib=PATH_TO_CUDA
The absolute path to cuvid lib can be set using the cuvid_lib option in core or temp section of the config file, e.g. -cfg=temp:cuvid_lib=PATH_TO_CUDA

Options (expert):

num_surfaces (uint, default: 20): number of hardware surfaces to allocate
unload (enum, default: no): decoder unload mode
* no: keep inactive decoder alive
* destroy: destroy inactive decoder
* reuse: detach decoder from inactive PIDs and reattach to active ones
vmode (enum, default: cuvid): video decoder backend
* cuvid: use dedicated video engines directly
* cuda: use a CUDA-based decoder if faster than dedicated engines
* dxva: go through DXVA internally if possible (requires D3D9)
fmode (enum, default: gl): frame output mode
* copy: each frame is copied and dispatched
* single: frame data is only retrieved when used, single memory space for all frames (not safe if multiple consumers)
* gl: frame data is mapped to an OpenGL texture

routein

Description: MABR & ROUTE input
This filter is a receiver for file delivery over multicast. It currently supports ATSC 3.0, generic ROUTE and DVB-MABR flute.
- ATSC 3.0 mode is identified by the URL atsc://.
- Generic ROUTE mode is identified by the URL route://IP:PORT.
- DVB-MABR mode is identified by the URL mabr://IP:PORT pointing to the bootstrap FLUTE channel carrying the multicast gateway configuration.
The filter can work in cached mode, source mode or standalone mode.

Cached mode

The cached mode is the default filter behavior. It populates GPAC HTTP Cache with the received files, using http://gmcast/serviceN/ as service root, N being the multicast service ID.
In cached mode, repeated files are always pushed to cache.
The maximum number of media segment objects in cache per service is defined by .I nbcached; this is a safety used to force object removal in case DASH client timing is wrong and some files are never requested at cache level.

The cached MPD is assigned the following headers:
* `x-mcast`: boolean value, if yes indicates the file comes from a multicast.
* `x-mcast-first-seg`: string value, indicates the name of the first segment (completely or currently being) retrieved from the broadcast.
* `x-mcast-ll`: boolean value, if yes indicates that the indicated first segment is currently being received (low latency signaling).
* `x-mcast-loop`: boolean value, if yes indicates a loop (e.g. pcap replay) in the service has been detected - only checked if .I cloop is set.

The cached files are assigned the following headers:
* `x-mcast`: boolean value, if yes indicates the file comes from a multicast.
If .I max_segs is set, file deletion event will be triggered in the filter chain.

Source mode

In source mode, the filter outputs files on a single output PID of type file. The files are dispatched once fully received, the output PID carries a sequence of complete files. Repeated files are not sent unless requested.
Example
gpac -i atsc://gcache=false -o $ServiceID$/$File$:dynext
This will grab the files and forward them as output PIDs, consumed by the fout filter.
If needed, one PID per TSI can be used rather than a single PID using .I stsi. This avoids mixing files of different mime types on the same PID (e.g. HAS manifest and ISOBMFF).
In this mode, each packet starting a new file carries the file name as a property. If .I repair is enabled in this mode, progressive dispatch of files will be done.
If .I max_segs is set, file deletion event will be triggered in the filter chain.
Note: The .I nbcached option is ignored in this mode.

Standalone mode

In standalone mode, the filter does not produce any output PID and writes received files to the .I odir directory.
Example
gpac -i atsc://:odir=output
This will grab the files and write them to output directory.
In this mode, files are always written once completely recieved, regardless of the .I repair option.
If .I max_segs is set, old files will be deleted.
Note: The .I nbcached option is ignored in this mode.

File Repair

In case of losses or incomplete segment reception (during tune-in or HTTP partial repair), the files are patched as follows:
* MPEG-2 TS: all lost ranges are adjusted to 188-bytes boundaries, and transformed into NULL TS packets.
* ISOBMFF: all top-level boxes are scanned, and incomplete boxes are transformed in free boxes, except mdat:
 - if repair=simple, mdat is kept if incomplete (broken file),
 - if repair=strict, mdat is moved to free if incomplete and the preceeding moof is also moved to free.
If .I kc option is set, corrupted files will be kept. If .I fullseg is not set and files are only partially received, they will be kept.
Note: A partially patched segment is no longer considered corrupted and will be dispatched regardless of .I kc.

Interface setup

On some systems (OSX), when using VM packet replay, you may need to force multicast routing on your local interface.
For ATSC, you will have to do this for the base signaling multicast (224.0.23.60):
route add -net 224.0.23.60/32 -interface vboxnet0
Then for each multicast service in the multicast:
route add -net 239.255.1.4/32 -interface vboxnet0

Options (expert):

src (cstr): URL of source content
ifce (str): default interface to use for multicast. If NULL, the default system interface will be used
gcache (bool, default: true): indicate the files should populate GPAC HTTP cache
tunein (sint, default: -2): service ID to bootstrap on. Special values:
* 0: tune to no service
* -1: tune all services
* -2: tune on first service found
* -3: detect all services and do not join multicast
buffer (uint, default: 0x80000): receive buffer size to use in bytes
timeout (uint, default: 5000): timeout in ms after which tunein fails
nbcached (uint, default: 8): number of segments to keep in cache per service
kc (bool, default: false): keep corrupted file
skipr (bool, default: true): skip repeated files (ignored in cache mode)
stsi (bool, default: false): define one output PID per tsi/serviceID (ignored in cache mode)
stats (uint, default: 1000): log statistics at the given rate in ms (0 disables stats)
tsidbg (uint, default: 0): gather only objects with given TSI (debug)
max_segs (uint, default: 0): maximum number of segments to keep on disk
odir (str): output directory for standalone mode
reorder (bool, default: true): consider packets are not always in order - if false, this will evaluate an LCT object as done when TOI changes
cloop (bool, default: false): check for loops based on TOI (used for capture replay)
rtimeout (uint, default: 500000): default timeout in µs to wait when gathering out-of-order packets
fullseg (bool, default: false): only dispatch full segments in cache mode (always true for other modes)
repair (enum, default: strict): repair mode for corrupted files
* no: no repair is performed
* simple: simple repair is performed (incomplete mdat boxes will be kept)
* strict: incomplete mdat boxes will be lost as well as preceding moof boxes
* full: HTTP-based repair of all lost packets
repair_urls (strl): repair servers urls - if set, repair is set to full
max_sess (uint, default: 1): max number of concurrent HTTP repair sessions
llmode (bool, default: true): enable low-latency access
dynsel (bool, default: true): dynamically enable and disable multicast groups based on their selection state
range_merge (uint, default: 10000): merge ranges in HTTP repair if distant from less than given amount of bytes
minrecv (uint, default: 20): redownload full file in HTTP repair if received bytes is less than given percentage of file size, 0 means complete file redownload if any error
riso (enum, default: none): advanced options for ISOBMFF HTTP repair
* none: use regular http repair (sequential repair)
* simple: first repair all non-mdat boxes then repair mdat in order
* partial: only repair all non-mdat moxes, leaving holes in mdat
* deps: same as simple and repair only samples depended upon by other samples
* depx: same as deps but do not hide moof of incomplete mdat (tests only)
ka (bool, default: false): keep service alive if multicast is down
chkiso (bool, default: false): check isobmf structure after repair (debug)

rtpout

Description: RTP Streamer
The RTP streamer handles SDP/RTP output streaming.

SDP mode

When the destination URL is an SDP, the filter outputs an SDP on a file PID and streams RTP packets over UDP, starting from the indicated .I port.

Direct RTP mode

When the destination URL uses the protocol scheme rtp://IP:PORT, the filter does not output any SDP and streams a single input over RTP, using PORT indicated in the destination URL, or the first .I port configured.
In this mode, it is usually needed to specify the desired format using .I ext or .I mime.
Example
gpac -i src -o rtp://localhost:1234/:ext=ts
This will indicate that the RTP streamer expects a MPEG-2 TS mux as an input.

RTP Packets

The RTP packets produced have a maximum payload set by the .I mtu option (IP packet will be MTU + 40 bytes of IP+UDP+RTP headers).
The real-time scheduling algorithm works as follows:
- first initialize the clock by:
  - computing the smallest timestamp for all input PIDs
  - mapping this media time to the system clock
- determine the earliest packet to send next on each input PID, adding .I delay if any
- finally compare the packet mapped timestamp TS to the system clock SC. When TS - SC is less than .I tt, the RTP packets for the source packet are sent
The filter does not check for RTCP timeout and will run until all input PIDs reach end of stream.

Options (expert):

ip (str): destination IP address (NULL is 127.0.0.1)
port (uint, default: 7000): port for first stream in session
loop (bool, default: false): loop all streams in session (not always possible depending on source type)
mpeg4 (bool, default: false): send all streams using MPEG-4 generic payload format if possible
mtu (uint, default: 1460): size of RTP MTU in bytes
ttl (uint, default: 2): time-to-live for multicast packets
ifce (str): default network interface to use
payt (uint, default: 96, minmax: 96-127): payload type to use for dynamic decoder configurations
delay (sint, default: 0): send delay for packet (negative means send earlier)
tt (uint, default: 1000): time tolerance in microseconds. Whenever schedule time minus realtime is below this value, the packet is sent right away
runfor (sint, default: -1): run for the given time in ms. Negative value means run for ever (if loop) or source duration, 0 only outputs the sdp
tso (sint, default: -1): set timestamp offset in microseconds. Negative value means random initial timestamp
xps (bool, default: false): force parameter set injection at each SAP. If not set, only inject if different from SDP ones
latm (bool, default: false): use latm for AAC payload format
dst (cstr): URL for direct RTP mode
ext (str): file extension for direct RTP mode
mime (cstr): set mime type for direct RTP mode
speed (dbl, default: 1.0): set streaming speed. If negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set streaming start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration

rtspout

Description: RTSP server
The RTSP server partially implements RTSP 1.0, with support for OPTIONS, DESCRIBE, SETUP, PLAY, PAUSE and TEARDOWN.
Multiple PLAY ranges are not supported, PLAY range end is not supported, PAUSE range is not supported.
Only aggregated control is supported for PLAY and PAUSE, PAUSE/PLAY on single stream is not supported.
The server only runs on TCP, and handles request in sequence: it will not probe for commands until previous response is sent.
The server supports both RTP over UDP delivery and RTP interleaved over RTSP delivery.
The scheduling algorithm and RTP options are the same as the RTP output filter, see gpac -h rtpout
The server will disconnect UDP streaming sessions if no RTCP traffic has been received for .I timeout seconds.
The server can run over TLS by specifying .I cert and .I pkey, in which case the default .I port is 322.

Sink mode

The filter can work as a simple output filter by specifying the .I dst option:
gpac -i source -o rtsp://myip/sessionname
gpac -i source -o rtsp://myip/sessionname
In this mode, only one session is possible. It is possible to .I loop the input source(s).

Server mode

The filter can work as a regular RTSP server by specifying the .I mounts option to indicate paths of media file to be served:
gpac rtspout:mounts=mydir1,mydir2
In this case, content RES from any of the specified directory is exposed as rtsp://SERVER/RES
The .I mounts option can also specify access rule file(s), see gpac -h creds. When rules are used:
- if a directory has a name rule, it will be used in the URL
- otherwise, the directory is directly available under server root /
- only read access and multicast rights are checked
Example
[foodir]
name=bar
Content RES of this directory is exposed as rtsp://SERVER/bar/RES.

In this mode, it is possible to load any source supported by gpac by setting the option .I dynurl.
The expected syntax of the dynamic RTSP URLs is rtsp://servername/?URL1[&URLN] or rtsp://servername/@URL1[@URLN]
Each URL can be absolute or local, in which case it is resolved against the mount point(s).
Example
gpac -i rtsp://localhost/?pipe://mynamepipe&myfile.mp4 [dst filters]
The server will resolve this URL in a new session containing streams from myfile.mp4 and streams from pipe mynamepipe.
When setting .I runfor in server mode, the server will exit at the end of the last session being closed.
The parameter name=VAL is reserved to assign a session name in case multicast mirroring is used.
Example
gpac -i rtsp://localhost/?name=live?pipe://mynamepipe&myfile.mp4 [dst filters]
Usage of dynamic URLs can also be configured using the specific directory $dynurl in an access rule file.
EX[$dynurl]
ru=foo
This will allow dynamic URLs only for foo user.
Note: If the .I dynurl is set, it is enabled for all users, without authentication.

Multicasting

In both modes, clients can setup multicast if the .I mcast option is on or mirror.
When .I mcast is set to mirror mode, any DESCRIBE command on a resource already delivered through a multicast session will use that multicast.
Consequently, only DESCRIBE methods are processed for such sessions, other methods will return Unauthorized.
In server mode, multicast can be enabled per read directory using the mcast access rule of the directory configuration - see gpac -h creds.

HTTP Tunnel

The server mode supports handling RTSP over HTTP tunnel by default. This can be disabled using .I htun.
The tunnel conforms to QT specification, and only HTTP 1.0 and 1.1 tunnels are supported.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): location of destination resource
port (uint, default: 554): server port
firstport (uint, default: 6000): port for first stream in session
mtu (uint, default: 1460): size of RTP MTU in bytes
ttl (uint, default: 0): time-to-live for multicast packets (a value of 0 uses client requested TTL, or 1)
ifce (str): default network interface to use
payt (uint, default: 96, minmax: 96-127): payload type to use for dynamic decoder configurations
mpeg4 (bool, default: false): send all streams using MPEG-4 generic payload format if possible
delay (sint, default: 0): send delay for packet (negative means send earlier)
tt (uint, default: 1000): time tolerance in microsecond (whenever schedule time minus realtime is below this value, the packet is sent right away)
runfor (sint, default: -1): run the session for the given time in ms. A negative value means run for ever if loop or source duration, value 0 only outputs the sdp
tso (sint, default: -1): set timestamp offset in microseconds (negative value means random initial timestamp)
xps (bool, default: false): force parameter set injection at each SAP. If not set, only inject if different from SDP ones
latm (bool, default: false): use latm for AAC payload format
mounts (strl): list of directories to expose in server mode
block_size (uint, default: 10000): block size used to read TCP socket
maxc (uint, default: 100): maximum number of connections
timeout (uint, default: 20): timeout in seconds for inactive sessions (0 disable timeout)
user_agent (str, default: $GUA): user agent string, by default solved from GPAC preferences
close (bool, default: false): close RTSP connection after each request, except when RTP over RTSP is used
loop (bool, default: false): loop all streams in session (not always possible depending on source type)
dynurl (bool, default: false): allow dynamic service assembly
mcast (enum, default: off): control multicast setup of a session
* off: clients are never allowed to create a multicast
* on: clients can create multicast sessions
* mirror: clients can create a multicast session. Any later request to the same URL will use that multicast session
quit (bool, default: false): exit server once first session is over (for test purposes)
htun (bool, default: true): enable RTSP over HTTP tunnel
trp (enum, default: both): transport mode
* both: allow TCP or UDP traffic
* udp: only allow UDP traffic
* tcp: only allow TCP traffic
cert (str): certificate file in PEM format to use for TLS mode
pkey (str): private key file in PEM format to use for TLS mode

httpout

Description: HTTP server
The HTTP output filter can act as:
- a simple HTTP server
- an HTTP server sink
- an HTTP server file sink
- an HTTP client sink
- an HTTP server source

The server currently handles GET, HEAD, PUT, POST, DELETE methods, and basic OPTIONS support.
Single or multiple byte ranges are supported for both GET and PUT/POST methods, in all server modes.
- for GET, the resulting body is a single-part body formed by the concatenated byte ranges as requested (no overlap checking).
- for PUT/POST, the received data is pushed to the target file according to the byte ranges specified in the client request.

Warning: the partial PUT request is RFC2616 compliant but not compliant with RFC7230. PATCH method is not yet implemented in GPAC.

When a single read directory is specified, the server root / is the content of this directory.
When multiple read directories are specified, the server root / contains the list of the mount points with their directory names.
When a write directory is specified, the upload resource name identifies a file in this directory (the write directory name is not present in the URL).

Warning: files uploaded / created in the write directory are always created in non-atomic modes.

A directory rule file (cf gpac -h creds) can be specified in .I rdirs but NOT in .I wdir. When rules are used:
- if a directory has a name rule, it will be used in the URL
- otherwise, the directory is directly available under server root /
- read and write access rights are checked
Example
[foodir]
name=bar
Content RES of this directory is exposed as http://SERVER/bar/RES.

To authenticate services handled by bindings, use a non-existing directory and a name describing the authentication.
Example
[NonExistingDir]
name=service_root
Requests in the form http://SERVER/service_root/* will be authenticated by this rule.

Listing can be enabled on server using .I dlist.
When disabled, a GET on a directory will fail.
When enabled, a GET on a directory will return a simple HTML listing of the content inspired from Apache.

Custom headers can be specified using .I hdrs, they apply to all requests. For more advanced control on requests, use a javascript binding (see .I js and howtos).

Text files are compressed using gzip or deflate if the client accepts these encodings, unless .I zmax is set to 0.

Simple HTTP server

In this mode, the filter does not need any input connection and exposes all files in the directories given by .I rdirs.
PUT and POST methods are only supported if a write directory is specified by .I wdir option.
Example
gpac httpout:rdirs=outcoming
This sets up a read-only server.

Example
gpac httpout:wdir=incoming
This sets up a write-only server.

Example
gpac httpout:rdirs=outcoming:wdir=incoming:port=8080
This sets up a read-write server running on .I port 8080.

HTTP server sink

In this mode, the filter will forward input PIDs to connected clients, trashing the data if no client is connected unless .I hold is specified.
The filter does not use any read directory in this mode.
This mode is mostly useful to setup live HTTP streaming of media sessions such as MP3, MPEG-2 TS or other multiplexed representations:
gpac -i MP3_SOURCE -o http://localhost/live.mp3 --hold
In this example, the server waits for client requests on /live.mp3 and will then push each input packet to all connected clients.
If the source is not real-time, you can inject a reframer filter performing realtime regulation.
Example
gpac -i MP3_SOURCE reframer:rt=on -o http://localhost/live.mp3
In this example, the server will push each input packet to all connected clients, or trash the packet if no connected clients.

In this mode, ICECast meta-data can be inserted using .I ice. The default inserted values are ice-audio-info, icy-br, icy-pub (set to 1) and icy-name if input ServiceName property is set.
The server will also look for any property called ice-* on the input PID and inject them.
Example
gpac -i source.mp3:#ice-Genre=CoolRock -o http://IP/live.mp3 --ice
This will inject the header ice-Genre: CoolRock in the response.
Once one complete input file is sent, it is no longer available for download unless .I reopen is set and input PID is not over.

This mode should not be used with multiple files muxers such as DASH or HLS.

HTTP server file sink

In this mode, the filter will write input PIDs to files in the first read directory specified, acting as a file output sink.
The filter uses a read directory in this mode, which must be writable.
Upon client GET request, the server will check if the requested URL matches the name of a file currently being written by the server.
- If so, the server will:
  - send the content using HTTP chunk transfer mode, starting with what is already written on disk
  - push remaining data to the client as soon as received while writing it to disk, until source file is done
- If not so, the server will simply send the file from the disk as a regular HTTP session, without chunk transfer.

This mode is typically used for origin server in HAS sessions where clients may request files while they are being produced (low latency DASH).
Example
gpac -i SOURCE reframer:rt=on -o http://localhost:8080/live.mpd --rdirs=temp --dmode=dynamic --cdur=0.1
In this example, a real-time dynamic DASH session with chunks of 100ms is created, writing files to temp. A client connecting to the live edge will receive segments as they are produced using HTTP chunk transfer.

The server can store incoming files to memory mode by setting the read directory to gmem.
In this mode, .I max_cache_segs is always at least 1.

If .I max_cache_segs value N is not 0, each incoming PID will store at most:
- MIN(N, time-shift depth) files if stored in memory
- -N files if stored locally and N is negative
- MAX(N, time-shift depth) files if stored locally and N is positive
- unlimited otherwise (files stored locally, N is positive and no time-shift info)

HTTP client sink

In this mode, the filter will upload input PIDs data to remote server using PUT (or POST if .I post is set).
This mode must be explicitly activated using .I hmode.
The filter uses no read or write directories in this mode.
Example
gpac -i SOURCE -o http://targethost:8080/live.mpd:gpac:hmode=push
In this example, the filter will send PUT methods to the server running on .I port 8080 at targethost location (IP address or name).

HTTP server source

In this mode, the server acts as a source rather than a sink. It declares incoming PUT or POST methods as output PIDs
This mode must be explicitly activated using .I hmode.
The filter uses no read or write directories in this mode, and uploaded data is NOT stored by the server.
Example
gpac httpout:hmode=source vout aout
In this example, the filter will try to play uploaded files through video and audio output.

HTTPS server

The server can run over TLS (https) for all the server modes. TLS is enabled by specifying .I cert and .I pkey options.
Both certificate and key must be in PEM format.
The server currently only operates in either HTTPS or HTTP mode and cannot run both modes at the same time. You will need to use two httpout filters for this, one operating in HTTPS and one operating in HTTP.

Multiple destinations on single server

When running in server mode, multiple HTTP outputs with same URL/port may be used:
- the first loaded HTTP output filter with same URL/port will be reused
- all httpout options of subsequent httpout filters, except .I dst will be ignored, other options will be inherited as usual
Example
gpac -i dash.mpd dashin:forward=file:FID=D1 dashin:forward=segb:FID=D2 -o http://localhost:80/live.mpd:SID=D1:rdirs=dash -o http://localhost:80/live_rw.mpd:SID=D2:sigfrag
This will:
- load the HTTP server and forward (through D1) the dash session to this server using live.mpd as manifest name
- reuse the HTTP server and regenerate the manifest (through D2 and sigfrag option), using live_rw.mpd as manifest name

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): location of destination resource
port (uintl, default: 0): server port
ifce (str): default network interface to use
rdirs (strl): list of directories to expose for read
wdir (str): directory to expose for write
cert (str): certificate file in PEM format to use for TLS mode
pkey (str): private key file in PEM format to use for TLS mode
block_size (uint, default: 10000): block size used to read and write TCP socket
user_agent (str, default: $GUA): user agent string, by default solved from GPAC preferences
close (bool, default: false): close HTTP connection after each request
maxc (uint, default: 100): maximum number of connections, 0 is unlimited
maxp (uint, default: 6): maximum number of connections for one peer (0 is unlimited)
cache_control (str): specify the Cache-Control string to add (none disable cache control and ETag)
hold (bool, default: false): hold packets until one client connects
hmode (enum, default: default): filter operation mode, ignored if .I wdir is set
* default: run in server mode
* push: run in client mode using PUT or POST
* source: use server as source filter on incoming PUT/POST
timeout (uint, default: 30): timeout in seconds for persistent connections (0 disable timeout)
ext (cstr): set extension for graph resolution, regardless of file extension
mime (cstr): set mime type for graph resolution
quit (bool, default: false): exit server once all input PIDs are done and client disconnects (for test purposes)
post (bool, default: false): use POST instead of PUT for uploading files
dlist (bool, default: false): enable HTML listing for GET requests on directories
sutc (bool, default: false): insert server UTC in response headers as Server-UTC: VAL_IN_MS
cors (enum, default: auto): insert CORS header allowing all domains
* off: disable CORS
* on: enable CORS
* auto: enable CORS when Origin is found in request
reqlog (str): provide short log of the requests indicated in this option (comma separated list, * for all) regardless of HTTP log settings. Value REC logs file writing start/end. If prefix - is set, do not log request end
ice (bool, default: false): insert ICE meta-data in response headers in sink mode
max_client_errors (uint, default: 20): force disconnection after specified number of consecutive errors from HTTTP 1.1 client (ignored in H/2 or when close is set)
max_cache_segs (sint, default: 5): maximum number of segments cached per HAS quality (see filter help)
reopen (bool, default: false): in server mode with no read dir, accept requests on files already over but with input pid not in end of stream
max_async_buf (uint, default: 100000): maximum async buffer size in bytes when sharing output over multiple connection without file IO
blockio (bool, default: false): use blocking IO in push or source mode or in server mode with no read dir
ka (bool, default: true): keep input alive if failure in push mode
hdrs (strl): additional HTTP headers to inject, even values are names, odd values are values
js (str): javascript logic for server
zmax (uint, default: 50000): maximum uncompressed size allowed for gzip or deflate compression for text files (only enabled if client indicates it), 0 will disable compression
cte (bool, default: true): use chunked transfer-encoding mode when possible
maxs (uint, default: 50M): maximum upload size allowed in bytes
norange (bool, default: false): disable byte range support in GET (reply 200 on partial requests)

hevcsplit

Description: HEVC Tile extractor
This filter splits a motion-constrained tiled HEVC PID into N independent HEVC PIDs.
Use hevcmerge filter to merge initially motion-constrained tiled HEVC PID in a single output.
No options

hevcmerge

Description: HEVC Tile merger
This filter merges a set of HEVC PIDs into a single motion-constrained tiled HEVC PID.
The filter creates a tiling grid with a single row and as many columns as needed.
If .I mrows is set and tiles properly align on the final grid, multiple rows will be declared in the PPS.
Positioning of tiles can be automatic (implicit) or explicit.
The filter will check the SPS and PPS configurations of input PID and warn if they are not aligned but will still process them unless .I strict is set.
The filter assumes that all input PIDs are synchronized (frames share the same timestamp) and will reassemble frames with the same decode time. If PIDs are of unequal duration, the filter will drop frames as soon as one PID is over.

  Implicit Positioning
In implicit positioning, results may vary based on the order of input PIDs declaration.
In this mode the filter will automatically allocate new columns for tiles with height not a multiple of max CU height.

  Explicit Positioning
In explicit positioning, the CropOrigin property on input PIDs is used to setup the tile grid. In this case, tiles shall not overlap in the final output.
If CropOrigin is used, it shall be set on all input sources.
If positive coordinates are used, they specify absolute positioning in pixels of the tiles. The coordinates are automatically adjusted to the next multiple of max CU width and height.
If negative coordinates are used, they specify relative positioning (e.g. 0x-1 indicates to place the tile below the tile 0x0).
In this mode, it is the caller responsibility to set coordinates so that all tiles in a column have the same width and only the last row/column uses non-multiple of max CU width/height values. The filter will complain and abort if this is not respected.
- If an horizontal blank is detected in the layout, an empty column in the tiling grid will be inserted.
- If a vertical blank is detected in the layout, it is ignored.

  Spatial Relationship Description (SRD)
The filter will create an SRDMap property in the output PID if SRDRef and SRD or CropOrigin are set on all input PIDs.
The SRDMap allows forwarding the logical sources SRD in the merged PID.
The output PID SRDRef is set to the output video size.
The input SRDRef and SRD are usually specified in DASH MPD, but can be manually assigned to inputs.
- SRDRef gives the size of the referential used for the input SRD (usually matches the original video size, but not always)
- SRD gives the size and position of the input in the original video, expressed in SRDRef referential of the input.
The inputs do not need to have matching SRDRef
    This indicates that src1 contains a video located at 0,0, with a size of 640x480 pixels in a virtual source of 1280x720 pixels.
    Example
    src2:SRD=640x0x640x480:SRDRef=1280x720
    This indicates that src1 contains a video located at 640,0, with a size of 640x480 pixels in a virtual source of 1280x720 pixels.

    Each merged input is described by 8 integers in the output SRDMap:
    - the source SRD is rescaled in the output SRDRef to form the first part (4 integers) of the SRDMap (i.e. where was the input ?)
    - the source location in the reconstructed video forms the second part (4 integers) of the SRDMap (i.e. where are the input pixels in the output ?)

    Assuming the two sources are encoded at 320x240 and merged as src2 above src1, the output will be a 320x480 video with a SRDMap of {0,160,160,240,0,0,320,240,0,0,160,240,0,240,320,240}
    Note: merged inputs are always listed in SRDMap in their tile order in the output bitstream.
    Alternatively to using SRD and SRDRef, it is possible to specify CropOrigin property on the inputs, in which case:
    - the CropOrigin gives the location in the source
    - the input size gives the size in the source, and no rescaling of referential is done
    Example
    src1:CropOrigin=0x0  src1:CropOrigin=640x0
    Assuming the two sources are encoded at 320x240 and merged as src1 above src2, the output will be a 320x480 video with a SRDMap of {0,0,320,240,0,0,320,240,640,0,320,240,0,240,320,240}

Options (expert):

strict (bool, default: false): strict comparison of SPS and PPS of input PIDs
mrows (bool, default: false): signal multiple rows in tile grid when possible

rfflac

Description: FLAC reframer
This filter parses FLAC files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.
By default the reframer will only check CRC footer of frames if a change in sample rate or channel mapping is detected.
This should accommodate for most configurations, but CRC check can be enforced using .I docrc.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length
docrc (bool, default: false): perform CRC check after each frame

rfmhas

Description: MPEH-H Audio Stream reframer
This filter parses MHAS files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.
By default, the filter expects a MHAS stream with SYNC packets set, otherwise tune-in will fail. Using .I nosync=false can help parsing bitstreams with no SYNC packets.
The default behavior is to dispatch a framed MHAS bitstream. To demultiplex into a raw MPEG-H Audio, use .I mpha.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length
mpha (bool, default: false): demultiplex MHAS and only forward audio frames
pcksync (uint, default: 4): number of unknown packets to tolerate before considering sync is lost
nosync (bool, default: true): initial sync state

rfprores

Description: ProRes reframer
This filter parses ProRes raw files/data and outputs corresponding visual PID and frames.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 0/1000): import frame rate (0 default to FPS from bitstream or 25 Hz)
findex (bool, default: true): index frames. If true, filter will be able to work in rewind mode
cid (str): set QT 4CC for the imported media. If not set, default is 'ap4h' for YUV444 and 'apch' for YUV422
notime (bool, default: false): ignore input timestamps, rebuild from 0

tssplit

Description: MPEG-2 TS splitter
This filter splits an MPEG-2 transport stream into several single program transport streams.
Only the PAT table is rewritten, other tables (PAT, PMT) and streams (PES) are forwarded as is.
If .I dvb is set, global DVB tables of the input multiplex are forwarded to each output mux; otherwise these tables are discarded.

Options (expert):

dvb (bool, default: true): forward all packets from global DVB PIDs
mux_id (sint, default: -1): set initial ID of output mux; the first program will use mux_id, the second mux_id+1, etc. If not set, this value will be set to sourceMuxId*255
avonly (bool, default: true): do not forward programs with no AV component
nb_pack (uint, default: 10): pack N packets before sending
gendts (bool, default: false): generate timestamps on output packets based on PCR
kpad (bool, default: false): keep padding (null) TS packets
rt (bool, default: false): enable real-time regulation

tsgendts

Description: MPEG-2 TS timestamper
This filter restamps input MPEG-2 transport stream based on PCR.

Options (expert):

nb_pack (uint, default: 10): pack N packets before sending
kpad (bool, default: false): keep padding (null) TS packets
rt (bool, default: false): enable real-time regulation

bsrw

Description: Bitstream metadata rewriter
This filter rewrites some metadata of various bitstream formats.
The filter can currently modify the following properties in video bitstreams:
- MPEG-4 Visual:
  - sample aspect ratio
  - profile and level
- AVC|H264, HEVC and VVC:
  - sample aspect ratio
  - profile, level, profile compatibility
  - video format, video fullrange
  - color primaries, transfer characteristics and matrix coefficients (or remove all info)
  - (AVC|HEVC) timecode- AV1:
  - timecode
- ProRes:
  - sample aspect ratio
  - color primaries, transfer characteristics and matrix coefficients

Values are by default initialized to -1, implying to keep the related info (present or not) in the bitstream.
A .I sar value of 0/0 will remove sample aspect ratio info from bitstream if possible.

The filter can currently modify the following properties in the stream configuration but not in the bitstream:
* HEVC: profile IDC, profile space, general compatibility flags
* VVC: profile IDC, general profile and level indication

The filter will work in passthrough mode for all other codecs and media types.

Timecode Manipulation

One can optionally set the .I tcxs and .I tcxe to define the start and end of timecode manipulation. By default, the filter will process all packets.
Some modes require you to define .I tcsc. This follows the same format as the timecode itself (.I -. The use of negative values is only meaningful in the shift mode. It's also possible to set .I tcsc to first to infer the value from the first timecode when timecode manipulation starts. In this case, unless a timecode is found, the filter will not perform any operation.

  Modes
Timecode manipulation has four modes and they all have their own operating nuances.

Remove
Remove all timecodes from the bitstream.

Insert
Insert timecodes based on the CTS. If .I tcsc is set, it will be used as timecode offset.
This mode will overwrite existing timecodes (if any).

Shift
Shift all timecodes by the value defined in .I tcsc.
This mode will only modify timecodes if they exists, no new timecode will be inserted.

Constant
Set all timecodes to the value defined in .I tcsc.
Again, this mode wouldn't insert new timecodes.

UTC
Uses the SenderNTP property, UTC property on the packet, or the current UTC time to set the timecode.
This mode will overwrite existing timecodes (if any).

  Examples
Example
gpac -i in.mp4 bsrw:tc=insert [dst]
gpac -i in.mp4 bsrw:tc=insert:tcsc=TC00:00:10:00 [dst]
gpac -i in.mp4 bsrw:tc=shift:tcsc=TC00:00:10:00:tcxs=TC00:01:00:00 [dst]

Options (expert):

cprim (cprm, default: -1, Enum: reserved0|BT709|undef|reserved3|BT470M|BT470G|SMPTE170|SMPTE240|FILM|BT2020|SMPTE428|SMPTE431|SMPTE432|EBU3213, updatable): color primaries according to ISO/IEC 23001-8 / 23091-2
ctfc (ctfc, default: -1, Enum: reserved0|BT709|undef|reserved3|BT470M|BT470BG|SMPTE170|SMPTE249|Linear|Log100|Log316|IEC61966|BT1361|sRGB|BT2020_10|BT2020_12|SMPTE2084|SMPTE428|STDB67, updatable): color transfer characteristics according to ISO/IEC 23001-8 / 23091-2
cmx (cmxc, default: -1, Enum: GBR|BT709|undef|FCC|BT601|SMPTE170|SMPTE240|YCgCo|BT2020|BT2020cl|YDzDx, updatable): color matrix coefficients according to ISO/IEC 23001-8 / 23091-2
sar (frac, default: -1/-1, updatable): aspect ratio to rewrite
m4vpl (sint, default: -1, updatable): set ProfileLevel for MPEG-4 video part two
fullrange (bool, default: false, updatable): video full range flag
novsi (bool, default: false, updatable): remove video_signal_type from VUI in AVC|H264 and HEVC
novuitiming (bool, default: false, updatable): remove timing_info from VUI in AVC|H264 and HEVC
prof (sint, default: -1, updatable): profile indication for AVC|H264
lev (sint, default: -1, updatable): level indication for AVC|H264, level_idc for VVC
pcomp (sint, default: -1, updatable): profile compatibility for AVC|H264
pidc (sint, default: -1, updatable): profile IDC for HEVC and VVC
pspace (sint, default: -1, updatable): profile space for HEVC
gpcflags (sint, default: -1, updatable): general compatibility flags for HEVC
tcxs (str, updatable): timecode manipulation start
tcxe (str, updatable): timecode manipulation end
tcdf (bool, default: false, updatable): use NTSC drop-frame counting for timecodes
tcsc (str, updatable): timecode constant for use with shift/constant modes
tc (enum, default: none, updatable): timecode manipulation mode
* none: do not change anything
* remove: remove timecodes
* insert: insert timecodes based on cts or tcsc (if provided)
* shift: shift timecodes based by tcsc
* constant: overwrite timecodes with tcsc
* utc: insert timecodes based on the utc time on the packet or the current time
seis (uintl, updatable): list of SEI message types (4,137,144,...). When used with rmsei, this serves as a blacklist. If left empty, all SEIs will be removed. Otherwise, it serves as a whitelist
rmsei (bool, default: false, updatable): remove SEI messages from bitstream for AVC|H264, HEVC and VVC
vidfmt (sint, default: -1, Enum: component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef, updatable): video format for AVC|H264, HEVC and VVC

bssplit

Description: Layered bitstream splitter
This filter splits input stream by layers and sublayers
The filter supports AVC|H264, HEVC and VVC stream splitting and is pass-through for other codec types.
Splitting is based on temporalID value (start from 1) and layerID value (start from 0).
For AVC|H264, layerID is the dependency value, or quality value if svcqid is set.
Each input stream is filtered according to the ltid option as follows:
* no value set: input stream is split by layerID, i.e. each layer creates an output
* `all`: input stream is split by layerID and temporalID, i.e. each {layerID,temporalID} creates an output
* `lID`: input stream is split according to layer lID value, and temporalID is ignored
* `.tID`: input stream is split according to temporal sub-layer tID value and layerID is ignored
* `lID.tID`: input stream is split according to layer lID and sub-layer tID values
Note: A tID value of 0 in ltid is equivalent to value 1.
Multiple values can be given in ltid, in which case each value gives the maximum {layerID,temporalID} values for the current layer.
A few examples on an input with 2 layers each with 2 temporal sublayers:
* `ltid=0.2`: this will split the stream in:
  - one stream with {lID=0,tID=1} and {lID=0,tID=2} NAL units
  - one stream with all other layers/substreams
* `ltid=0.1,1.1`: this will split the stream in:
  - one stream with {lID=0,tID=1} NAL units
  - one stream with {lID=0,tID=2}, {lID=1,tID=1} NAL units
  - one stream with the rest {lID=0,tID=2}, {lID=1,tID=2} NAL units
* `ltid=0.1,0.2`: this will split the stream in:
  - one stream with {lID=0,tID=1} NAL units
  - one stream with {lID=0,tID=2} NAL units
  - one stream with the rest {lID=1,tID=1}, {lID=1,tID=2} NAL units
The filter can also be used on AVC and HEVC DolbyVision streams to split base stream and DV RPU/EL.
The filter does not create aggregator or extractor NAL units.

Options (expert):

ltid (strl): temporal and layer ID of output streams
svcqid (bool, default: false): use qualityID instead of dependencyID for SVC splitting
sig_ltid (bool, default: false): signal maximum temporal (max_temporal_id) and layer ID (max_layer_id) of output streams (mostly used for debug)

bsagg

Description: Layered bitstream aggregator
This filter aggregates layers and sublayers into a single output PID.
The filter supports AVC|H264, HEVC and VVC stream reconstruction, and is passthrough for other codec types.
Aggregation is based on temporalID value (start from 1) and layerID value (start from 0).
For AVC|H264, layerID is the dependency value, or quality value if svcqid is set.
The filter can also be used on AVC and HEVC DolbyVision dual-streams to aggregate base stream and DV RPU/EL.
The filter does not forward aggregator or extractor NAL units.

Options (expert):

svcqid (bool, default: false): use qualityID instead of dependencyID for SVC splitting

ufttxt

Description: TX3G rewriter
This filter converts a single ISOBMFF TX3G stream to TTXT (xml format) unframed stream.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results

tx3g2srt

Description: TX3G to SRT
This filter converts a single ISOBMFF TX3G stream to an SRT unframed stream.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results

tx3g2vtt

Description: TX3G to WebVTT
This filter converts a single ISOBMFF TX3G stream to a WebVTT unframed stream.

Options (expert):

exporter (bool, default: false): compatibility with old exporter, displays export results

tx3g2ttml

Description: TX3G to TTML
This filter converts ISOBMFF TX3G stream to a TTML stream.
Each output TTML frame is a complete TTML document.
No options

vtt2tx3g

Description: WebVTT to TX3G
This filter rewrites unframed WebVTT to TX3G / QT Timed Text (binary format)
Unframed WebVTT packets consist in single cues:
- cue payload as packet payload
- prefix as packet string property vtt_pre
- cue ID as packet string property vtt_cueid
- cue settings as packet string property vtt_settings
- packet timing contains the cue timing (start and duration)

Options (expert):

fontname (str): default font
fontsize (uint, default: 18): default font size

rfsrt

Description: SRT reframer
This filter rewrites unframed SRT to TX3G / QT Timed Text (binary format)
An unframed SRT packet consists in a single SRT cue as packet payload and packet timing contains the cue timing (start and duration).

Options (expert):

fontname (str): default font
fontsize (uint, default: 18): default font size

ttml2vtt

Description: TTML to WebVTT
This filter converts TTML frames to unframed WebVTT.
Conversion is quite limited: only the first div is analyzed and only basic styling is implemented.
No options

ttml2srt

Description: TTML to SRT
This filter converts TTML frames to unframed SRT.
Conversion is quite limited: only the first div is analyzed and only basic styling is implemented.
No options

mpeghdec

Description: MPEG-H Audio decoder
This filter decodes MPEG-H audio streams through IIS MpeghDecoder library.

Options (expert):

cicp_idx (uint, default: 2): target output layout CICP index (see gpac -h layouts)

ffdmx

Description: FFmpeg demultiplexer
Version: Lavf62.4.102
This filter demultiplexes an input file or open a source protocol using FFmpeg.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details.
To list all supported demultiplexers for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffdmx:*.
This will list both supported input formats and protocols.
Input protocols are listed with Description: Input protocol, and the subclass name identifies the protocol scheme.
For example, if ffdmx:rtmp is listed as input protocol, this means rtmp:// source URLs are supported.

Raw protocol mode

The .I proto flag will disable FFmpeg demuxer and use GPAC instead. Default format is probed from initial data but can be set using .I ext or .I mime if probing is disabled.
Example
gpac -i srt://127.0.0.1:1234:gpac:proto inspectThis will use the SRT protocol handler but GPAC demultiplexer
In this mode, the filter uses the time between the last two received packets to estimates how often it should check for inputs. The maximum and minimum times to wait between two calls is given by the .I mwait option. The maximum time may need to be reduced for very high bitrates sources.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): URL of source content
reparse (bool, default: false): force reparsing of stream content (AVC,HEVC,VVC,AV1 only for now)
block_size (uint, default: 4096): block size used to read file when using GFIO context
strbuf_min (uint, default: 1MB): internal buffer size when demuxing from GPAC's input stream
proto (bool, default: false): use protocol handler only and bypass FFmpeg demuxer
mwait (v2di, default: 1x30): set min and max wait times in ms to avoid too frequent polling in proto mode
ext (str): indicate file extension of data in raw protocol mode
mime (str): indicate mime type of data in raw protocol mode
* (str): any possible options defined for AVFormatContext and sub-classes. See gpac -hx ffdmx and gpac -hx ffdmx:*

ffdec

Description: FFmpeg decoder
Version: Lavc62.15.100
This filter decodes audio and video streams using FFmpeg.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details.
To list all supported decoders for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffdec:*.
Options can be passed from prompt using --OPT=VAL
Decoder flags can be passed directly as :FLAGNAME.
The default threading mode is to let libavcodec decide how many threads to use. To enforce single thread, use --threads=1

Codec Map

The .I ffcmap option allows specifying FFmpeg codecs for codecs not supported by GPAC.
Each entry in the list is formatted as GID@name or GID@+name, with:
* GID: 4CC or 32 bit identifier of codec ID, as indicated by gpac -i source inspect:full
* name: FFmpeg codec name
* `+': is set and extra data is set and formatted as an ISOBMFF box, removes box header
Example
gpac -i source.mp4 --ffcmap=BKV1@binkvideo vout
This will map an ISOBMFF track declared with coding type BKV1 to binkvideo.

Options (expert):

ffcmap (strl): codec map
c (str): codec name (GPAC or ffmpeg), only used to query possible arguments - updated to ffmpeg codec name after initialization
* (str): any possible options defined for AVCodecContext and sub-classes. See gpac -hx ffdec and gpac -hx ffdec:*

ffavin

Description: FFmpeg AV capture
Version: Lavd62.2.100
Reads from audio/video capture devices using FFmpeg.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details.
To list all supported grabbers for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffavin:*.

Device identification

Typical classes are dshow on windows, avfoundation on OSX, video4linux2 or x11grab on linux
Typical device name can be the webcam name:
- FaceTime HD Camera on OSX, device name on windows, /dev/video0 on linux
- screen-capture-recorder, see http://screencapturer.sf.net/ on windows
- Capture screen 0 on OSX (0=first screen), or screenN for short
- X display name (e.g. :0.0) on linux
The general mapping from ffmpeg command line is:
- ffmpeg -f maps to .I fmt option
- ffmpeg -i maps to .I dev option
Example
ffmpeg -f libndi_newtek -i MY_NDI_TEST ...
gpac -i av://:fmt=libndi_newtek:dev=MY_NDI_TEST ...
You may need to escape the .I dev option if the format uses ':' as separator, as is the case for AVFoundation:
gpac -i av://::dev=0:1 ...

Options (expert):

src (str): url of device, video://, audio:// or av://
fmt (str): name of device class. If not set, defaults to first device class
dev (str, default: 0): name of device or index of device
copy (enum, default: A): set copy mode of raw frames
* N: frames are only forwarded (shared memory, no copy)
* A: audio frames are copied, video frames are forwarded
* V: video frames are copied, audio frames are forwarded
* AV: all frames are copied
sclock (bool, default: false): use system clock (us) instead of device timestamp (for buggy devices)
probes (uint, default: 10, minmax: 0-100): probe a given number of video frames before emitting (this usually helps with bad timing of the first frames)
* (str): any possible options defined for AVInputFormat and AVFormatContext (see gpac -hx ffavin and gpac -hx ffavin:*)

ffsws

Description: FFmpeg video rescaler
Version: SwS9.3.100
This filter rescales raw video data using FFmpeg to the specified size and pixel format.

  Output size assignment
If .I osize is {0,0}, the output dimensions will be set to the input size, and input aspect ratio will be ignored.
If .I osize is {0,H} (resp. {W,0}), the output width (resp. height) will be set to respect input aspect ratio. If .I keepar = nosrc, input sample aspect ratio is ignored.

  Aspect Ratio and Sample Aspect Ratio
When output sample aspect ratio is set, the output dimensions are divided by the output sample aspect ratio.
Example
ffsws:osize=288x240:osar=3/2
The output dimensions will be 192x240.
When aspect ratio is not kept (.I keepar = off):
- source is resampled to desired dimensions
- if output aspect ratio is not set, output will use source sample aspect ratio
When aspect ratio is partially kept (.I keepar = nosrc):
- resampling is done on the input data without taking input sample aspect ratio into account
- if output sample aspect ratio is not set (.I osar = 0/N), source aspect ratio is forwarded to output.
When aspect ratio is fully kept (.I keepar = full), output aspect ratio is force to 1/1 if not set.
When sample aspect ratio is kept, the filter will:
- center the rescaled input frame on the output frame
- fill extra pixels with .I padclr

  Algorithms options
- for bicubic, to tune the shape of the basis function, .I p1 tunes f(1) and .I p2 f´(1)
- for gauss .I p1 tunes the exponent and thus cutoff frequency
- for lanczos .I p1 tunes the width of the window function
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details

Options (expert):

osize (v2di): osize of output video
ofmt (pfmt, default: none, Enum: none|yuv420|yvu420|yuv420_10|yuv422|yuv422_10|yuv444|yuv444_10|uyvy|vyuy|yuyv|yvyu|uyvl|vyul|yuyl|yvyl|nv12|nv21|nv1l|nv2l|yuva|yuvd|yuv444a|yuv444p|v308|yuv444ap|v408|v410|v210|grey|algr|gral|rgb8|rgb4|rgb5|rgb6|rgba|argb|bgra|abgr|rgb|bgr|xrgb|rgbx|xbgr|bgrx|rgbd|rgbds|uncv): pixel format for output video. When not set, input format is used
scale (enum, default: bicubic): scaling mode (see filter help) (fastbilinear|bilinear|bicubic|X|point|area|bicublin|gauss|sinc|lanzcos|spline)
p1 (dbl, default: +I): scaling algo param1
p2 (dbl, default: +I): scaling algo param2
ofr (bool, default: false): force output full range
brightness (bool, default: 0): 16.16 fixed point brightness correction, 0 means use default
contrast (uint, default: 0): 16.16 fixed point brightness correction, 0 means use default
saturation (uint, default: 0): 16.16 fixed point brightness correction, 0 means use default
otable (sintl): the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x], use default if not set
itable (sintl): the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x], use default if not set
keepar (enum, default: off): keep aspect ratio
* off: ignore aspect ratio
* full: respect aspect ratio, applying input sample aspect ratio info
* nosrc: respect aspect ratio but ignore input sample aspect ratio
padclr (str, default: black): clear color when aspect ration preservation is used
osar (frac, default: 0/1): force output pixel aspect ratio

ffenc

Description: FFmpeg encoder
Version: Lavc62.15.100
This filter encodes audio and video streams using FFmpeg.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details.
To list all supported encoders for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffenc:*.
The filter will try to resolve the codec name in .I c against a libavcodec codec name (e.g. libx264) and use it if found.
If not found, it will consider the name to be a GPAC codec name and find a codec for it. In that case, if no pixel format is given, codecs will be enumerated to find a matching pixel format.
Options can be passed from prompt using --OPT=VAL (global options) or appending ::OPT=VAL to the desired encoder filter.
Encoder flags can be passed directly as :FLAGNAME.
Note
Setting the :low_delay flag will set by default profile=baseline, preset=ultrafast and tune=zerolatency options as well as x264-params for AVC|H264. If one or more of these options are set as filter arguments, no defaulting is used for all these options.
The filter will look for property TargetRate on input PID to set the desired bitrate per PID.
The filter will force a closed gop boundary:
- at each packet with a FileNumber property set or a CueStart property set to true.
- if .I fintra and .I rc is set.
When forcing a closed GOP boundary, the filter will flush, destroy and recreate the encoder to make sure a clean context is used, as currently many encoders in libavcodec do not support clean reset when forcing picture types.
If .I fintra is not set and the output of the encoder is a DASH session in live profile without segment timeline, .I fintra will be set to the target segment duration and .I rc will be set.
The filter will look for property logpass on input PID to set 2-pass log filename, otherwise defaults to ffenc2pass-PID.log.
Arguments may be updated at runtime. If .I rld is set, the encoder will be flushed then reloaded with new options.
If codec is video and .I fintra is set, reload will happen at next forced intra; otherwise, reload happens at next encode.
The .I rld option is usually needed for dynamic updates of rate control parameters, since most encoders in ffmpeg do not support it.

Options (expert):

c (str): codec identifier. Can be any supported GPAC codec name or ffmpeg codec name - updated to ffmpeg codec name after initialization
pfmt (pfmt, default: none): pixel format for input video. When not set, input format is used
fintra (frac, default: -1/1): force intra / IDR frames at the given period in sec, e.g. fintra=2 will force an intra every 2 seconds and fintra=1001/1000 will force an intra every 30 frames on 30000/1001=29.97 fps video; ignored for audio
all_intra (bool, default: false, updatable): only produce intra frames
ls (bool, default: false): log stats
rc (bool, default: false): reset encoder when forcing intra frame (some encoders might not support intra frame forcing)
rld (bool, default: false, updatable): force reloading of encoder when arguments are updated
round (sint, default: 1, updatable): round video up or down
* 0: no rounding
* 1: round up to match codec YUF format requirements
* -1: round down to match codec YUF format requirements
* other: round to lower (negative value) or higher (positive value), for example CTU size
* (str): any possible options defined for AVCodecContext and sub-classes. see gpac -hx ffenc and gpac -hx ffenc:*

ffmx

Description: FFmpeg multiplexer
Version: Lavf62.4.102
Multiplexes files and open output protocols using FFmpeg.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details.
To list all supported multiplexers for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffmx:*.This will list both supported output formats and protocols.
Output protocols are listed with Description: Output protocol, and the subclass name identifies the protocol scheme.
For example, if ffmx:rtmp is listed as output protocol, this means rtmp:// destination URLs are supported.
Some URL formats may not be sufficient to derive the multiplexing format, you must then use .I ffmt to specify the desired format.
Unlike other multiplexing filters in GPAC, this filter is a sink filter and does not produce any PID to be redirected in the graph.
The filter can however use template names for its output, using the first input PID to resolve the final name.
The filter watches the property FileNumber on incoming packets to create new files.
All PID properties prefixed with meta: will be added as metadata.
The .I proto flag will disable FFmpeg muxer and use GPAC instead. Default format is MPEG-2 TS and can be specified using .I ext or .I mime.
Example
gpac -i SRC -o srt://127.0.0.1:1234:gpac:proto[:ext=mp4:frag]This will use the SRT protocol handler but GPAC m2ts multiplexer or mp4 muxer if ext=mp4:frag is set

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): location of destination file or remote URL
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set playback start offset. A negative value means percent of media duration with -1 equal to duration
speed (dbl, default: 1.0): set playback speed. If negative and start is 0, start is set to -1
ileave (frac, default: 1): interleave window duration in second, a value of 0 disable interleaving
nodisc (bool, default: false): ignore stream configuration changes while multiplexing, may result in broken streams
mime (cstr): set mime type for graph resolution
ffiles (bool, default: false): force complete files to be created for each segment in DASH modes
ffmt (str): force ffmpeg output format for the given URL
block_size (uint, default: 4096): block size used to read file when using avio context
keepts (bool, default: true): do not shift input timeline back to 0
proto (bool, default: false): use protocol only: do not try to mux (useful when sending a SRT stream with remuxing)
psleep (uint, default: 1000): in protocol only mode, sleep for given amount of ms before EOS (do not kill connection right away for some protocols)
* (str): any possible options defined for AVFormatContext and sub-classes (see gpac -hx ffmx and gpac -hx ffmx:*)

ffavf

Description: FFmpeg AV Filter
Version: Lavfi11.8.100
This filter provides libavfilter raw audio and video tools.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details
To list all supported avfilters for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffavf:*.

Declaring a filter

The filter loads a filter or a filter chain description from the .I f option.
Example
ffavf:f=showspectrum
Unlike other FFmpeg bindings in GPAC, this filter does not parse other libavfilter options, you must specify them directly in the filter chain, and the .I f option will have to be escaped.
Example
ffavf::f=showspectrum=size=320x320 or ffavf::f=showspectrum=size=320x320::pfmt=rgb
ffavf::f=anullsrc=channel_layout=5.1:sample_rate=48000
For complex filter graphs, it is possible to store options in a file (e.g. opts.txt):
:f=anullsrc=channel_layout=5.1:sample_rate=48000
And load arguments from file:
ffavf:opts.txt aout
The filter will automatically create buffer and buffersink AV filters for data exchange between GPAC and libavfilter.
The builtin options ( .I pfmt, .I afmt ...) can be used to configure the buffersink filter to set the output format of the filter.

Naming of PIDs

For simple filter graphs with only one input and one output, the input PID is assigned the avfilter name in and the output PID is assigned the avfilter name out
When a graph has several inputs, input PID names shall be assigned by the user using the ffid property, and mapping must be done in the filter.
Example
gpac -i video:#ffid=a -i logo:#ffid=b ffavf::f=[a][b]overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10 vout
In this example:
- the video source is identified as a
- the logo source is identified as b
- the filter declaration maps a to its first input (in this case, main video) and b to its second input (in this case the overlay)
When a graph has several outputs, output PIDs will be identified using the ffid property set to the output avfilter name.
Example
gpac -i source ffavf::f=split inspect:SID=#ffid=out0 vout#SID=out1
In this example:
- the splitter produces 2 video streams out0 and out1
- the inspector only process stream with ffid out0
- the video output only displays stream with ffid out1
The name(s) of the final output of the avfilter graph cannot be configured in GPAC. You can however name intermediate output(s) in a complex filter chain as usual.

Filter graph commands

The filter handles option updates as commands passed to the AV filter graph. The syntax expected in the option name is:
* com_name=value: sends command com_name with value value to all filters
* name#com_name=value: sends command com_name with value value to filter named name

Options (expert):

f (str): filter or filter chain description
pfmt (pfmt, default: none): pixel format of output. If not set, let AVFilter decide
afmt (afmt, default: none): audio format of output. If not set, let AVFilter decide
sr (uint, default: 0): sample rate of output. If not set, let AVFilter decide
ch (uint, default: 0): number of channels of output. If not set, let AVFilter decide
dump (bool, default: false, updatable): dump graph as log media@info or stderr if not set
* (str): any possible options defined for AVFilter and sub-classes (see gpac -hx ffavf and gpac -hx ffavf:*)

ffbsf

Description: FFmpeg bitstream filter
Version: Lavu60.12.100
This filter provides bitstream filters (BSF) for compressed audio and video formats.
See FFmpeg documentation (https://ffmpeg.org/documentation.html) for more details
To list all supported bitstream filters for your GPAC build, use gpac -h ffbsf:*.
Several BSF may be specified in .I f for different coding types. BSF not matching the coding type are silently ignored.
When no BSF matches the input coding type, or when .I f is empty, the filter acts as a passthrough filter.
Options are specified after the desired filters:
- ffbsf:f=h264_metadata:video_full_range_flag=0
- ffbsf:f=h264_metadata,av1_metadata:video_full_range_flag=0:color_range=tv
Note: Using BSFs on some media types (e.g. avc, hevc) may trigger creation of a reframer filter (e.g. rfnalu)

Options (expert):

f (strl): bitstream filters name - see filter help
* (str): any possible options defined for AVBitstreamFilter and sub-classes. See gpac -hx ffbsf and gpac -hx ffbsf:*

jsf

Description: JavaScript filter
This filter runs a javascript file specified in .I js defining a new JavaScript filter.

For more information on how to use JS filters, please check https://wiki.gpac.io/Howtos/jsf/jsfilter

Options (expert):

js (cstr): location of script source
* (str): any possible options defined for the script (see gpac -hx jsf:js=$YOURSCRIPT or gpac -hx $YOURSCRIPT)

routeout

Description: MABR & ROUTE output
The ROUTE output filter is used to distribute a live file-based session using ROUTE or DVB-MABR.
The filter supports DASH and HLS inputs, ATSC3.0 signaling and generic ROUTE or DVB-MABR signaling.
The filter is identified using the following URL schemes:
* `atsc://`: session is a full ATSC 3.0 session
* `route://IP:port`: session is a ROUTE session running on given multicast IP and port
* `mabr://IP:port`: session is a DVB-MABR session using FLUTE running on given multicast IP and port
The filter only accepts input PIDs of type FILE.
- HAS Manifests files are detected by file extension and/or MIME types, and sent as part of the signaling bundle or as LCT object files for HLS child playlists.
- HAS Media segments are detected using the OrigStreamType property, and send as LCT object files using the DASH template string.
- A PID without OrigStreamType property set is delivered as a regular LCT object file (called raw hereafter).

For raw file PIDs, the filter will look for the following properties:
* `MCASTName`: set resource name. If not found, uses basename of URL
* `MCASTCarousel`: set repeat period. If not found, uses .I carousel. If 0, the file is only sent once
* `MCASTUpload`: set resource upload time. If not found, uses .I carousel. If 0, the file will be sent as fast as possible.
When DASHing for ROUTE, DVB-MABR or single service ATSC, a file extension, either in .I dst or in .I ext, may be used to identify the HAS session type (DASH or HLS).
Example
"route://IP:PORT/manifest.mpd", "route://IP:PORT/:ext=mpd"
When DASHing for multi-service ATSC, forcing an extension will force all service to use the same formats.
Example
"atsc://:ext=mpd", "route://IP:PORT/manifest.mpd"
If multiple services with different formats are needed, you will need to explicit your filters:
gpac -i DASH_URL:#ServiceID=1 dashin:forward=file:FID=1 -i HLS_URL:#ServiceID=2 dashin:forward=file:FID=2 -o atsc://:SID=1,2
gpac -i MOVIE1:#ServiceID=1 dasher:FID=1:mname=manifest.mpd -i MOVIE2:#ServiceID=2 dasher:FID=2:mname=manifest.m3u8 -o atsc://:SID=1,2
Warning: When forwarding an existing DASH/HLS session, do NOT set any extension or manifest name.
The filter will look for MCASTIP and MCASTPort properties on the incoming PID to setup multicast of each service. If not found, the default .I ip and port will be used, with port incremented by one for each new multicast stream.
By default, all streams in a service are assigned to a single multicast session, and differentiated by TSI (see .I splitlct).
TSI are assigned as follows:
- signaling TSI is always 0 for ROUTE, 1 for DVB+Flute
- raw files are assigned TSI 1 and increasing number of TOI
- otherwise, the first PID found is assigned TSI 10, the second TSI 20 etc ...
When .I splitlct is set to mcast, the IP multicast address is computed as follows:
 - if MCASTIP is set on the PID and is different from the service multicast IP, it is used
 - otherwise the service multicast IP plus one is used
The multicast port used is set as follows:
- if MCASTPort is set on the PID, it is used
- otherwise the same port as the service one is used.
Init segments and HLS child playlists are sent before each new segment, independently of .I carousel.

ATSC 3.0 mode

In this mode, the filter allows multiple service multiplexing, identified through the ServiceID property.
By default (see above), a single multicast IP is used for route sessions, each service will be assigned a different port.
ATSC 3.0 attributes set by using the following PID properties:
* ATSC3ShortServiceName: set the short service name, maxiumu of 7 characters. If not found, ServiceName is checked, otherwise default to GPAC.
* ATSC3MajorChannel: set major channel number of service. Default to 2. This really should be set and should not use the default.
* ATSC3MinorChannel: set minor channel number of service. Default of 1.
* ATSC3ServiceCat: set service category, default to 1 if not found. 1=Linear a/v service. 2=Linear audio only service. 3=App-based service. 4=ESg service. 5=EA service. 6=DRM service.
* ATSC3hidden: set if service is hidden. Boolean true or false. Default of false.
* ATSC3hideInGuide: set if service is hidden in ESG. Boolean true or false. Default of false.
* ATSC3configuration: set service configuration. Choices are Broadcast or Broadband. Default of Broadcast

ROUTE mode

In this mode, only a single service can be distributed by the ROUTE session.
Note: .I ip is ignored, and .I first_port is used if no port is specified in .I dst.
The ROUTE session will include a multi-part MIME unsigned package containing manifest and S-TSID, sent on TSI=0.

DVB-MABR mode

In this mode, the filter allows multiple service multiplexing, identified through the ServiceID and ServiceName properties.
Note: .I ip and .I first_port are used to send the multicast gateway configuration. .I first_port is used only if no port is specified in .I dst.
The session will carry DVB-MABR gateway configuration, maifests and init segments on TSI=1. The .I use_inband option can be used to send manifests and init segments in media multicast sessions.
The FLUTE session always uses a symbol length of .I mtu minus 44 bytes.
The MABRBaseURLs property can be set on sources to declare a list of alternate repair servers to be injected.
Each base URL can be prefixed with N;, where N gives the relative weight of the server, a negative value skipping the server.
The special value src is used to indicate the source of the session.
Example
gpac -i HTTP_MPD_URL:gpac::#MABRBaseURLs=-1;src,SOME_ALT_URL dashin:forward=file -o mabr://225.0.0.1:1234/
This will forward the source DASH session to multicast and:
- hide the source server as a repair URL
- add SOME_ALT_URL as a repair URL

Low latency mode

When using low-latency mode .I llmode, the input media segments are not re-assembled in a single packet but are instead sent as they are received.
In order for the real-time scheduling of data chunks to work, each fragment of the segment should have a CTS and timestamp describing its timing.
If this is not the case (typically when used with an existing DASH session in file mode), the scheduler will estimate CTS and duration based on the stream bitrate and segment duration. The indicated bitrate is increased by .I brinc percent for safety.
If this fails, the filter will trigger warnings and send as fast as possible.
Note: The LCT objects are sent with no length (TOL header) assigned until the final segment size is known, potentially leading to a final 0-size LCT fragment signaling only the final size.
In this mode, init segments and manifests are sent at the frequency given by property MCASTCarousel of the source PID if set or by .I carousel option.
Indicating MCASTCarousel=0 will disable mid-segment repeating of manifests and init segments.

Examples

Since the ROUTE filter only consumes files, it is required to insert:
- the dash demultiplexer in file forwarding mode when loading a DASH session
- the dash multiplexer when creating a DASH session
Multiplexing an existing DASH session in route:
gpac -i source.mpd dashin:forward=file -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/
Multiplexing an existing DASH session in atsc:
gpac -i source.mpd dashin:forward=file -o atsc://
Dashing and multiplexing in route:
gpac -i source.mp4 dasher:profile=live -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/manifest.mpd
Dashing and multiplexing in route Low Latency:
gpac -i source.mp4 dasher -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/manifest.mpd:profile=live:cdur=0.2:llmode
Sending a single file in ROUTE using half a second upload time, 2 seconds carousel:
gpac -i URL:#MCASTUpload=0.5:#MCASTCarousel=2 -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/
Common mistakes:
gpac -i source.mpd -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/
This will only send the manifest file as a regular object and will not load the dash session.
Example
gpac -i source.mpd dashin:forward=file -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/manifest.mpd
This will force the ROUTE multiplexer to only accept .mpd files, and will drop all segment files (same if .I ext is used).
Example
gpac -i source.mpd dasher -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/
gpac -i source.mpd dasher -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/manifest.mpd
These will demultiplex the input, re-dash it and send the output of the dasher to ROUTE

Error simulation

It is possible to simulate errors with .I errsim. In this mode the LCT network sender implements a 2-state Markov chain:
gpac -i source.mpd dasher -o route://225.1.1.0:6000/:errsim=1.0x98.0
This will set a 1.0 percent chance to transition to error (not sending data over the network) and 98.0 percent chance to transition from error back to OK.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): destination URL
ext (cstr): set extension for graph resolution, regardless of file extension
mime (cstr): set mime type for graph resolution
ifce (str): default interface to use for multicast. If NULL, the default system interface will be used
carousel (uint, default: 1000): carousel period in ms for repeating signaling and raw file data
first_port (uint, default: 6000): port number of first ROUTE session in ATSC mode
ip (str, default: 225.1.1.0): multicast IP address for ROUTE session in ATSC mode
ttl (uint, default: 0): time-to-live for multicast packets
bsid (uint, default: 800): ID for ATSC broadcast stream
mtu (uint, default: 1472): size of LCT MTU in bytes
splitlct (enum, default: off): split mode for LCT channels
* off: all streams are in the same LCT channel
* type: each new stream type results in a new LCT channel
* all: all streams are in dedicated LCT channel, the first stream being used for STSID signaling
* mcast: all streams are in dedicated multicast groups
korean (bool, default: false): use Korean version of ATSC 3.0 spec instead of US
llmode (bool, default: false): use low-latency mode
brinc (uint, default: 10): bitrate increase in percent when estimating timing in low latency mode
noreg (bool, default: false): disable rate regulation for media segments, pushing them as fast as received
runfor (uint, default: 0): run for the given time in ms
nozip (bool, default: false): do not zip signaling package (STSID+manifest)
flute (bool, default: true): use flute for DVB-MABR object delivery
csum (enum, default: meta): send MD5 checksum for DVB flute
* no: do not send checksum
* meta: only send checksum for configuration files, manifests and init segments
* all: send checksum for everything
recv_obj_timeout (uint, default: 50): set timeout period in ms before client resorts to unicast repair
errsim (v2d, default: 0.0x100.0): simulate errors using a 2-state Markov chain. Value are percentages
use_inband (bool, default: false): send manifest and init segments in media transport sessions for MABR
ssm (bool, default: false): indicate source-specific multicast for DVB-MABR, requires ifce to be set

rftruehd

Description: TrueHD reframer
This filter parses Dolby TrueHD files/data and outputs corresponding audio PID and frames.

Options (expert):

index (dbl, default: 1.0): indexing window length
auxac3 (bool, default: false): expose auxiliary AC-3 stream if present

cryptin

Description: CryptFile input
This filter dispatch raw blocks from encrypted files with AES 128 CBC in PKCS7 to clear input files
The filter is automatically loaded by the DASH/HLS demultiplexer and should not be explicitly loaded by your application.
The filter accepts URL with scheme gcryp://URL, where URL is the URL to decrypt.
The filter can process http(s) and local file key URLs (setup through HLS manifest), and expects a full key (16 bytes) as result of resource fetching.

Options (expert):

src (cstr): location of source file
fullfile (bool, default: false): reassemble full file before decryption

cryptout

Description: CryptFile output
This filter dispatch raw blocks from clear input files to encrypted files with AES 128 CBC in PKCS7
The filter is automatically loaded by the DASH/HLS multiplexer and should not be explicitly loaded by your application.
The filter accepts URL with scheme gcryp://URL, where URL is the URL to encrypt.

Options (expert):

dst (cstr): location of source file
fullfile (bool, default: false): reassemble full file before decryption

restamp

Description: Timestamp rewriter
This filter rewrites timing (offsets and rate) of packets.
The delays (global or per stream class) can be either positive (stream presented later) or negative (stream presented sooner).
The specified .I fps can be either 0, positive or negative.
- if 0 or if the stream is audio, stream rate is not modified.
- otherwise if negative, stream rate is multiplied by -fps.num/fps.den.
- otherwise if positive and the stream is not video, stream rate is not modified.
- otherwise (video PID), constant frame rate is assumed and:
  - if .I rawv = no, video frame rate is changed to the specified rate (speed-up or slow-down).
  - if .I rawv = force, input video stream is decoded and video frames are dropped/copied to match the new rate.
  - if .I rawv = dyn, input video stream is decoded if not all-intra and video frames are dropped/copied to match the new rate.
Note: frames are simply copied or dropped with no motion compensation.
When .I align is not 0, if the difference between two consecutive timestamps is greater than the specified threshold, the new timestamp
is set to the last computed timestamp plus the minimum packet duration for the stream.

Options (expert):

fps (frac, default: 0/1): target fps
delay (frac, default: 0/1, updatable): delay to add to all streams
delay_v (frac, default: 0/1, updatable): delay to add to video streams
delay_a (frac, default: 0/1, updatable): delay to add to audio streams
delay_t (frac, default: 0/1, updatable): delay to add to text streams
delay_o (frac, default: 0/1, updatable): delay to add to other streams
rawv (enum, default: no): copy video frames
* no: no raw frame copy/drop
* force: force decoding all video streams
* dyn: decoding video streams if not all intra
tsinit (lfrac, default: -1/1): initial timestamp to resync to, negative values disables resync
align (uint, default: 0): timestamp alignment threshold (0 disables alignment) - see filter help
reorder (bool, default: false): reorder input packets by CTS (resulting PID may fail decoding)

oggmx

Description: OGG multiplexer
This filter multiplexes audio and video to produce an OGG stream.
The .I cdur option allows specifying the interleaving duration (max time difference between consecutive packets of different streams).

Options (expert):

cdur (frac, default: 1/10): stream interleaving duration in seconds
rcfg (frac, default: 0/1): stream config re-injection frequency in seconds

unframer

Description: Stream rewriter
This filter is used to force reframing of input sources using the same internal framing as GPAC (e.g. ISOBMFF) but with broken framing or signaling.
Example
gpac -i src.mp4 unframer -o dst.mp4
This will:
- force input PIDs of unframer to be in serialized form (AnnexB, ADTS, ...)
- trigger reframers to be instanciated after the unframer filter.
Using the unframer filter avoids doing a dump to disk then re-import or other complex data piping.
No options

writeuf

Description: Framed to Unframed converter
Generic single stream to unframed format converter, used when converting PIDs. This filter should not be explicitly loaded.
No options

ttmlmerge

Description: TTML sample merger
Merge input samples into a single TTML sample. Merging restarts at the start of DASH segments.
No options

uncvdec

Description: UNCV decoder
This filter translates UNCV pixel format to a usable pixel format.

Options (expert):

force_pf (bool, default: false): ignore possible mapping to GPAC pixel formats
no_tile (bool, default: false): ignore tiling info (debug)

ghidmx

Description: GHI demultiplexer
This filter handles pre-indexed content for just-in-time processing of HAS manifest, init segment and segments
Warning: This is work in progress, the format of indexes (binary or XML) may change until finalization of this filter.

Generating indexes

Indexes are constructed using the dasher filter and a given segment duration.
Example
gpac -i SRC [... -i SRCn] -o index.ghi:segdur=2
This constructs a binary index for the DASH session.
Example
gpac -i SRC -o index.ghix:segdur=2
This constructs an XML index for the DASH session.
Warning: XML indexes should only be used for debug purposes as they can take a significant amount of time to be parsed.
When indexing, the default template used is $Representation$_$Number$. The template is stored in the index and shouldn't be re-specified when generating content.

Using indexes

The index can be used to generate manifest, child variants for HLS, init segments and segments.
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:gm=all -o dash/vod.mpd
This generates manifest(s) and init segment(s).
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:rep=FOO:sn=10 -o dash/vod.mpd
This generates the 10th segment of representation with ID FOO.
Note: The manifest file(s) and init segment(s) are not written when generating a segment. The manifest target (mpd or m3u8) is only used to setup the filter chain and target output path.
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:gm=main -o dash/vod.m3u8
This generates main manifest only (MPD or master HLS playlist).
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:gm=child:rep=FOO:out=BAR -o dash/vod.m3u8
This generates child manifest for representation FOO in file BAR.
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:gm=init:rep=FOO:out=BAR2 -o dash/vod.m3u8
This generates init segment for representation FOO in file BAR2.
The filter outputs are PIDs using framed packets marked with segment boundaries and can be chained to other filters before entering the dasher (e.g. for encryption, transcode...).
If representation IDs are not assigned during index creation, they default to the 1-based index of the source. You can check them using:
gpac -i src.ghi inspect:full

Muxed Representations

The filter can be used to generate muxed representations, either at manifest generation time or when generating a segment.
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:mux=A@V1@V2 -o dash/vod.mpd
This will generate a manifest muxing representations A with representations V1 and V2.
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:mux=A@V1@V2,T@V1@V2 -o dash/vod.mpd
This will generate a manifest muxing representations A and T with representations V1 and V2.
Example
gpac -i index.ghi:rep=V2:sn=5:mux=A@V2 -o dash/vod.mpd
This will generate the 5th segment containing representations A and V2.
The filter does not store any state, it is the user responsibility to use consistent information across calls:
- do not change segment templates
- do not change muxed representations to configurations not advertised in the generated manifests

Recommendations

Indexing supports fragmented and non-fragmented MP4, MPEG-2 TS and seekable inputs.
- It is recommended to use fragmented MP4 as input format since this greatly reduces file loading times.
- If non-fragmented MP4 are used, it is recommended to use single-track files to decrease the movie box size and speedup parsing.
- MPEG-2 TS sources will be slower since they require PES reframing and AU reformatting, resulting in more IOs than with mp4.
- other seekable sources will likely be slower (seeking, reframing) and are not recommended.

Options (expert):

gm (enum, default: main): manifest generation mode
* none: no manifest generation (implied if sn is not 0)
* all: generate all manifests and init segments
* main: generate main manifest (MPD or master M3U8)
* child: generate child playlist for HLS
* init: generate init segment
force (bool, default: false): force loading sources in manifest generation for debug
rep (str): representation to generate
sn (uint): segment number to generate, 0 means init segment
mux (strl): representation to mux - cf filter help
out (str): output filename to generate

evgs

Description: EVG video rescaler
This filter rescales raw video data using GPAC's EVG library to the specified size and pixel format.

  Output size assignment
If .I osize is {0,0}, the output dimensions will be set to the input size, and input aspect ratio will be ignored.
If .I osize is {0,H} (resp. {W,0}), the output width (resp. height) will be set to respect input aspect ratio. If .I keepar = nosrc, input sample aspect ratio is ignored.

  Aspect Ratio and Sample Aspect Ratio
When output sample aspect ratio is set, the output dimensions are divided by the output sample aspect ratio.
Example
evgs:osize=288x240:osar=3/2
The output dimensions will be 192x240.
When aspect ratio is not kept (.I keepar = off):
- source is resampled to desired dimensions
- if output aspect ratio is not set, output will use source sample aspect ratio
When aspect ratio is partially kept (.I keepar = nosrc):
- resampling is done on the input data without taking input sample aspect ratio into account
- if output sample aspect ratio is not set (.I osar = 0/N), source aspect ratio is forwarded to output.
When aspect ratio is fully kept (.I keepar = full), output aspect ratio is force to 1/1 if not set.
When sample aspect ratio is kept, the filter will:
- center the rescaled input frame on the output frame
- fill extra pixels with .I padclr

Options (expert):

osize (v2di): osize of output video
ofmt (pfmt, default: none): pixel format for output video. When not set, input format is used
ofr (bool, default: false): force output full range
keepar (enum, default: off): keep aspect ratio
* off: ignore aspect ratio
* full: respect aspect ratio, applying input sample aspect ratio info
* nosrc: respect aspect ratio but ignore input sample aspect ratio
padclr (str, default: black): clear color when aspect ration preservation is used
osar (frac, default: 0/1): force output pixel aspect ratio
nbth (sint, default: -1): number of threads to use, -1 means all cores
hq (bool, default: false): use bilinear interpolation instead of closest pixel

ccdec

Description: Closed-Caption decoder
This filter decodes Closed Captions to unframed SRT.
Supported video media types are MPEG2, AVC, HEVC, VVC and AV1 streams.
Only a subset of CEA 608/708 is supported.

Options (expert):

field (uint, default: 1): field to decode
agg (enum, default: none): output aggregation mode
* none: forward data as decoded (default)
* word: aggregate words (separated by a space)

ccenc

Description: Closed-Caption encoder
This filter encodes Closed Captions to the video stream.
Supported video media types are MPEG2, AVC, HEVC, VVC and AV1 streams.
Only a subset of CEA 608/708 is supported.

Options (expert):

vb_time (frac, default: 1/1): time to hold video packets if no caption is available

scte35dec

Description: SCTE35 decoder
This filter writes the SCTE-35 markers attached as properties to audio and video
packets or inside a dedicated stream, as 23001-18 'emib' boxes. It also creates
empty 'emeb' box in between following segmentation as hinted by the graph.

Options (expert):

mode (enum, default: 23001-18): mode to operate in
* 23001-18: extract SCTE-35 markers as emib/emeb boxes for Event Tracks
* passthrough: pass-through mode adding cue start property on splice points
sampdur (frac, default: 0/1): segmentation duration in seconds. Default value 0 only flushes when content changes

seiload

Description: SEI message loader
This filter loads known inband metadata as packet properties
No options

wcdec

Description: WebCodec decoder
This filter decodes video streams using WebCodec decoder of the browser

Options (expert):

queued (uint, default: 10): maximum number of packets to queue in webcodec instance

wcenc

Description: WebCodec encoder
This filter encodes video streams using WebCodec encoder of the browser

Options (expert):

c (str): codec identifier. Can be any supported GPAC codec name or ffmpeg codec name - updated to ffmpeg codec name after initialization
fintra (frac, default: -1/1): force intra / IDR frames at the given period in sec, e.g. fintra=2 will force an intra every 2 seconds and fintra=1001/1000 will force an intra every 30 frames on 30000/1001=29.97 fps video; ignored for audio
all_intra (bool, default: false, updatable): only produce intra frames
b (uint, default: 0): bitrate in bits per seconds, defaults to 2M for video and 124K for audio
queued (uint, default: 10): maximum number of packets to queue in webcodec instance

webgrab

Description: Web-based AV capture
This filter grabs audio and video streams MediaStreamTrackProcessor of the browser
Supported URL schemes:
- video:// grabs from camera
- audio:// grabs from microphone
- av:// grabs both audio from microphone and video from camera
- video://ELTID grabs from DOM element with ID ELTID (the element must be a valid element accepted by VideoFrame constructor)

Options (expert):

src (str): source url
vsize (v2di, default: 0x0): desired webcam resolution
back (bool, default: false): use back camera
ntp (bool, default: false): mark packets with NTP
alpha (bool, default: false): keep alpha when brabbing canvas
fps (frac, default: 0/1): framerate to use when grabbing images - 0 FPS means single image

dtout

Description: DekTec SDI output
This filter provides SDI output to be used with DTA 2174 or DTA 2154 cards.

Options (expert):

bus (sint, default: -1): PCI bus number. If not set, device discovery is used
slot (sint, default: -1): PCI bus number. If not set, device discovery is used
fps (frac, default: 30/1): default FPS to use if input stream fps cannot be detected
clip (bool, default: false): clip YUV data to valid SDI range, slower
port (uint, default: 1): set sdi output port of card
start (dbl, default: 0.0): set playback start offset, [-1, 0] means percent of media dur, e.g. -1 == dur

ohevcdec

Description: OpenHEVC decoder
This filter decodes HEVC and LHVC (HEVC scalable extensions) from one or more PIDs through the OpenHEVC library

Options (expert):

threading (enum, default: frame): set threading mode
* frameslice: parallel decoding of both frames and slices
* frame: parallel decoding of frames
* slice: parallel decoding of slices
nb_threads (uint, default: 0): set number of threads (if 0, uses number of cores minus one)
no_copy (bool, default: false): directly dispatch internal decoded frame without copy
pack_hfr (bool, default: false): pack 4 consecutive frames in a single output
seek_reset (bool, default: false): reset decoder when seeking
force_stereo (bool, default: true): use stereo output for multiview (top-bottom only)
reset_switch (bool, default: false): reset decoder at config change

uncvg

Description: Uncompressed Video Generator
Version: 1.0
Author: GPAC team - (c) Telecom ParisTech 2023 - license LGPL v2
This filter provides generation of test images for ISO/IEC 23001-17
Generated pixels can be:
- a pattern of colors in columns, or in rectangles if .I sq is set, using the specified palette.
- an image source if .I img is used.
Colors specified in the palette can be default GPAC colors (see gpac -h colors), 0xRRGGBB or 0xAARRGGBB
When generating video, the pixels are shifted to the left at every frame
Components are described as N[bpc][+k] with
* N: component type, one of M(mono), Y, U, V, R, G, B, A, d(depth), disp, p(palette), f(filterArray), x (pad)
* bpc: bits per component value, default is 8. Non-integer values must be one of
  * sft: floating-point value on 16 bits
  * flt: floating-point value on 32 bits
  * dbl: floating-point value on 64 bits
  * dblx: floating-point value on 128 bits
  * cps: complex value as two floats on 16 bits each
  * cpf: complex value as two floats on 32 bits each
  * cpd: complex value as two floats on 64 bits each
  * cpx: complex value as two floats on 128 bits each
* k: force component alignment on k bytes, default is 0 (no alignment)

Options (expert):

vsize (v2d, default: 128x128): width and height of output image
c (strl, default: R8,G8,B8): image components
tiles (v2d, default: 1x1): number of horizontal and vertical tiles
interleave (enum, default: pix): interleave type
* comp: component-based interleaving (planar modes)
* pix: pixel-based interleaving (packed modes)
* mix: pixel-based interleaving for UV (semi-planar modes)
* row: row-based interleaving
* tile: tile-component interleaving
* multi: pixel-based interleaving (packed modes) for sub-sampled modes
sampling (enum, default: none): sampling types
* none: no sub-sampling
* 422: YUV 4:2:2 sub-sampling
* 420: YUV 4:2:0 sub-sampling
* 411: YUV 4:1:1 sub-sampling
block_size (uint, default: 0): block size in bytes
pad_lsb (bool, default: false): padded bits are at LSB in the block
ble (bool, default: false): block is little endian
br (bool, default: false): block has reversed components
pixel_size (uint, default: 0): size of pixel in bytes
row_align (uint, default: 0): row alignment in bytes
tile_align (uint, default: 0): tile alignment in bytes
cle (bool, default: false): byte-aligned components are little endian
img (str, default: ): use specified image as input instead of RGB generation
asize (bool, default: false): use input image size
pal (strl, default: red,green,blue,white,black,yellow,cyan,grey,orange,violet): default palette for color generation
fa (strl, default: B,G,G,R): bayer-like filter - only 2x2 on R,G,B components is supported
bpm (strl, default: ): set sensor bad pixel map as a list of cN (broken column), rM (broken row) or NxM (single pixel)
fps (frac, default: 25/1): frame rate to generate - using 0 will trigger item muxing
dur (frac, default: 1/1): duration to generate - using 0 will trigger item muxing
cloc (uint, default: -1, minmax: -1,6): set chroma location type
stereo (bool, default: false): dump a stereo image
sq (flt, default: 0): generate square patterns instead of columns
shade (bool, default: false): shade pixels from black at bottom to full intensity at top
scpt (bool, default: false): use single color per tile, first tile using the first color in palette

glpush

Description: GPU texture uploader
Version: 1.0
Author: GPAC team
This filter pushes input video streams to GPU as OpenGL textures. It can be used to simulate hardware decoders dispatching OpenGL textures
No options

thumbs

Description: Thumbnail generator
Version: 1.0
Author: GPAC team
This filter generates screenshots from a video stream.
The input video is down-sampled by the .I scale factor. The output size is configured based on the number of images per line and per column in the .I grid.
Once configured, the output size is no longer modified.
The .I snap option indicates to use one video frame every given seconds. If value is 0, all input frames are used.
If the number of rows is 0, it will be computed based on the source duration and desired .I snap time, and will default to 10 if it cannot be resolved.
To output one image per input frame, use :grid=1x1.
If a single image per output frame is used, the default value for .I snap is 0 and for .I scale is 1.
Otherwise, the default value for .I snap is 1 second and for .I scale is 10.
A single line of text can be inserted over each frame. Predefined keywords can be used in input text, identified as $KEYWORD$:
* ts: replaced by packet timestamp
* timescale: replaced by PID timescale
* time: replaced by packet time as HH:MM:SS.ms
* cpu: replaced by current CPU usage of process
* mem: replaced by current memory usage of process
* version: replaced by GPAC version
* fversion: replaced by GPAC full version
* mae: replaced by Mean Absolute Error with previous frame
* mse: replaced by Mean Square Error with previous frame
* P4CC, PropName: replaced by corresponding PID property
Example
gpac -i src reframer:saps=1 thumbs:snap=30:grid=6x30 -o dump/$num$.png
This will generate images from key-frames only, inserting one image every 30 seconds. Using key-frame filtering is much faster but may give unexpected results if there are not enough key-frames in the source.
Example
gpac -i src thumbs:snap=0:grid=5x5 -o dump/$num$.png
This will generate one image containing 25 frames every second at 25 fps.
If a single image per output frame is used and the scaling factor is 1, the input packet is reused as input with text and graphics overlaid.
Example
gpac -i src thumbs:grid=1x1:txt='Frame $time$' -o dump/$num$.png
This will inject text over each frame and keep timing and other packet properties.
A json output can be specified in input .I list to let applications retrieve frame position in output image from its timing.

Scene change detection

The filter can compute the absolute and/or square error metrics between consecutive images and drop image if the computed metric is less than the given threshold.
If both .I mae and .I mse thresholds are 0, scene detection is not performed (default).
If both .I mae and .I mse thresholds are not 0, the frame is added if it passes both thresholds.
For both metrics, a value of 0 means all pixels are the same, a value of 100 means all pixels have 100% intensity difference (e.g. black versus white).
The scene detection is performed after the .I snap filtering and uses:
- the previous frame in the stream, whether it was added or not, if .I scref is not set,
- the last added frame otherwise.
Typical thresholds for scene cut detection are 14 to 20 for .I mae and 5 to 7 for .I mse.
Since this is a costly process, it is recommended to use it combined with key-frames selection:
Example
gpac -i src reframer:saps=1 thumbs:mae=15 -o dump/$num$.png
The .I maxsnap option can be used to force insertion after the given time if no scene cut is found.

Options (expert):

grid (v2di, default: 6x0): number of images per lines and columns
scale (dbl, default: -1): scale factor for input size
mae (uint, default: 0, minmax: 0,100): scene diff threshold using Mean Absolute Error
mse (uint, default: 0, minmax: 0,100): scene diff threshold using Mean Square Error
lw (dbl, default: 0.0): line width between images in pixels
lc (str, default: white): line color
clear (str, default: white): clear color
snap (dbl, default: -1): duration between images, 0 for all images
maxsnap (dbl, default: -1): maximum duration between two thumbnails when scene change detection is enabled
pfmt (pfmt, default: rgb): output pixel format
txt (str, default: ): text to insert per thumbnail
tc (str, default: white): text color
tb (str, default: black): text shadow
font (str, default: SANS): font to use
fs (dbl, default: 10): font size to use in percent of scaled height
tv (dbl, default: 0): text vertical position in percent of scaled height
thread (sint, default: -1): number of threads for software rasterizer, -1 for all available cores
blt (bool, default: true): use blit instead of software rasterizer
scref (bool, default: false): use last inserted image as reference for scene change detection
dropfirst (bool, default: false): drop first image
list (str, default: null): export json list of frame times and positions to given file
lxy (bool, default: false): add explicit x and y in json export

txtgen

Description: Text Generator
Version: 1.0
Author: GPAC Team
This filter generates text streams based on the provided .I src file. By default, the filter uses a lorem ipsum text file
The .I type parameter sets the text generation mode. If set to 'txt', the filter will generate text based on the source file
If set to 'utc', the filter will generate text based on the current UTC time. If set to 'ntp', the filter will generate text based on the current NTP time
When the .I unit is set to 'w', the filter will generate text based on words. When set to 'l', the filter will generate text based on lines
The .I fdur parameter sets the frame duration of the text stream. Total duration of the text stream is set by the .I dur parameter. If set to 0/0, the text stream will be infinite
The .I rollup parameter enables roll-up mode up to the specified number of lines. In roll-up mode, the filter will accumulate text until the specified number of lines is reached.
When the number of lines is reached, the filter will remove the first line and continue accumulating text
You would use .I rollup in combination with .I unit set to 'l' to create a roll-up subtitle effect. Or set .I unit to 'w' to create a roll-up text effect.
The .I lmax parameter sets the maximum number of characters in a line. If the line in the source file is longer than this, the excess text will be wrapped. 0 means no limit
When .I rt is set to true, the filter will generate text in real-time. If set to false, the filter will generate text as fast as possible

Options (expert):

src (str, default: /usr/local/share/gpac/scripts/jsf/txtgen/lipsum.txt): source of text. If not set, the filter will use lorem ipsum text
type (enum, default: txt): type of text to generate
* txt: plain text (uses src option)
* utc: UTC time
* ntp: NTP time
unit (enum, default: l): minimum unit of text from the source
* w: word
* l: line
fdur (frac, default: 1/1): duration of each frame
lmax (uint, default: 32): maximum number of characters in a line. If the line in the source file is longer than this, the excess text will be wrapped. 0 means no limit
dur (frac, default: 0/0): duration of the text stream
rollup (uint, default: 0): enable roll-up mode up to the specified number of lines
lock (bool, default: false): lock timing to text generation
rt (bool, default: true): real-time mode

mediaserver

Description: Media Server
Version: 1.0
Author: GPAC team - (c) Telecom Paris 2024 - license LGPL v2
This filter is an HTTP server and proxy for GET and HEAD requests supporting Multicast ABR sources.
This filter does not produce PIDs, it attaches to HTTP output filter.
If no HTTP output filter is specified in the session, the filter will create one.
The file .gpac_auth, if present in current working directory, will be used for authentication unless --rdirs is set.
If more options need to be specified for the HTTP output filter, they can be passed as local options or using global options:
gpac mediaserver:cors=on --user_agent=MyUser
Although not recommended, a server may be specified explicitly:
gpac mediaserver httpout:OPTS
In this case, the first httpout filter created will be used.
Default request handling of httpout filter through read / write directories is disabled.

Services Configuration

The service configuration is set using .I scfg. It shall be a JSON file containing a single array of services.
Each service is a JSON object with one or more of the following properties:
* id: (string, default null) Service identifier used for logs
* active: (boolean, default true) service is ignored if false
* http: (string, default null) URL of remote service to proxy (either resource name or server path)
* gcache: (boolean, default false) use gpac local disk cache when fetching media from HTTP for this service
* local: (string, default null) local mount point of this service
* keepalive: (number, default 4) remove the service if no request received for the indicated delay in seconds (0 force service to stay in memory forever)
* mabr: (string, default null) address of multicast ABR source for this service
* timeshift: (number, default 10) time in seconds a cached file remains in memory
* unload: (number, default 4) multicast unload policy
* activate: (number, default 1) multicast activation policy
* mcache: (boolean, default false) cache manifest files
* repair: (string, default false) enable unicast repair in MABR stack
  * false: disable repair
  * true: enable repair using source URL or repair servers indicated in MABR
  * auto: enable repair only from repair servers indicated in MABR
* corrupted: (boolean, default false) forward corrupted files if parsable (valid container syntax, broken media)
* check_ip: (boolean, , default false) monitor IP address and port rather than connection when tracking active clients
* noproxy: (boolean) disable proxy for service when local mount point is set. Default is true if both local and http are set, false otherwise
* sources: (array, default null) list of sources objects for file-only services. Each source has the following property:
* name: name as used in resource path,
* url: local or remote URL to use for this resource.
* js: (string, default null) built-in or custom request resolver
Any JSON object with the property comment set will be ignored.
Not all properties are used for each type of service and other properties can be defined by custom request resolvers.

Proxy versus Server

All services using http option can be exposed by the server without exposing the origin URL, rather than being proxied. To enable this, the local service configuration option must be set to:
- the exposed server path, in which case manifest names are not rewritten
- or the exposed manifest path, in which case manifest names are rewritten, but only one manifest can be exposed (does not work with dual MPD and M3U8 services)
Example
{ "http": "https://test.com/live/dash/live.mpd", "local": "/service1/"}
The server will translate any request /service1/foo/bar.ext into https://test.com/live/dash/foo/bar.ext.
Example
{ "http": "https://test.com/live/dash/live.mpd", "local": "/service1/manifest.mpd"}
The server will translate:
- request /service1/manifest.mpd into https://test.com/live/dash/live.mpd
- any request /service1/foo/bar.ext into https://test.com/live/dash/foo/bar.ext
Note: The URL must point to a self-contained subdirectory of the remote site. Any URLs outside this directory will either fail or be resolved as absolute path on the remote site.
When local is not set, these services are always acting as proxies for the http URL.
When noproxy is explicitly set to false for the services with both http and local, the remote URL will be available as a proxy service as well.

HTTP Proxy and Relay

The server can act as a proxy for HTTP requests, either for any requests or by domain or resource name.
Service configuration parameters used : http (mandatory), gcache, local.
Configuration for activating proxy for a specific network path:
{ "http": "https://test.com/video/"}
Configuration for activating proxy for any network path:
{ "http": "*"}
Configuration for a relay on a given path:
{ "http": "https://test.com/some/path/to/video/", "local": "/myvids/"}
This will resolve any request http://localhost/myvids/* to https://test.com/some/path/to/video/*
Note: The requests are never cached in memory in this mode, but can be cached on disk if gcache is set.

HTTP Streaming Cache

The server can act as a cache for live HTTP streaming sessions. The live edge can be cached in memory for a given duration.
Service configuration parameters used : http ( mandatory), timeshift, mcache, gcache, keepalive and local.
Configuration for proxying while caching a live HTTP streaming service:
{ "http": "https://test.com/dash/live.mpd", "timeshift": 30 }
Configuration for relay caching a live HTTP streaming service:
{ "http": "https://test.com/dash/live.mpd", "timeshift": 30, "local": "/myservice/test.mpd"}
The local service configuration option can be set to:
- the exposed server path, in which case manifest names are not rewritten
- or the exposed manifest path, in which case manifest names are rewritten, but only one manifest can be exposed (does not work with dual MPD and M3U8 services)

Multicast ABR Gateway

The server can be configured to use a multicast ABR source for an HTTP streaming service, without any HTTP source.
Service configuration parameters used : mabr (mandatory), local (mandatory), corrupted, timeshift and keepalive.
The multicast source can be DVB-MABR (e.g. mabr://235.0.0.1:1234/), ATSC3.0 (e.g. atsc://) or ROUTE (e.g. route://235.0.0.1:1234/).
- If the multicast is replayed from a file, netcap ID shall be set in this multicast URL (e.g. :NCID=N).
- If a specific IP interface is used, it can also be set in multicast URL (e.g. :ifce=IP).
For example, with local set to /service/live.mpd with mabr set, the server will expose the multicast service as http://localhost/service/live.mpd.
The manifest name can be omitted, in which case the exact manifest name used in the broadcast shall be used (and known to the client).
Configuration for exposing a MABR session:
{ "mabr": "mabr://234.0.0.1:1234", "local": "/service1", "timeshift": 30 }

Multicast ABR Gateway with HTTP cache

The server can be configured to use a multicast source as an alternate data source of a given HTTP streaming service.
Service configuration parameters used : http (mandatory), mabr (mandatory), local, corrupted, timeshift, repair, gcache, mcache, unload, activate, keepalive and js.
The multicast service can be dynamically loaded at run-time using the unload service configuration option:
- if 0, the multicast is started when loading the server and never ended,
- otherwise, the multicast is started dynamically and ended unload seconds after last deactivation.
The qualities in the multicast service can be dynamically activated or deactivated using the activate service configuration option:
- if 0, multicast streams are never deactivated,
- otherwise, a multicast representation is activated only if at least activate clients are consuming it, and deactivated otherwise.
The multicast service can use repair options of the MABR stack using repair service configuration option:
- if false, the file will not be sent until completely received (this increases latency),
- otherwise, file data will be pushed as soon as available in order (after reception or repair).
If the corrupted option is set together with repair, HTTP-based repair is disabled and corrupted files are patched using the repair=strict mode of the routein filter.
If files are completely lost, they will be fetched from httpsource.
Warning: This may likely result in decoding/buffering pipeline errors and could fail with some players expecting no timeline holes (such as browsers). GPAC supports this.
The number of active clients on a given quality is computed using the client connection state: any disconnect/reconnect from a client for the same quality will trigger a deactivate+activate sequence.
If check_ip is set to true, the remote IP address+port are used instead of the connection. This however assumes that each client has a unique IP/port which may not always be true (NATs).
If timeshift is 0 for the service, multicast segments will be trashed as soon as not in use (potentially before the client request).
Note: Manifest files coming from multicast are currently never cached.
Configuration for caching a live HTTP streaming service with MABR backup:
{ "http": "https://test.com/dash/live.mpd", "mabr": "mabr://234.0.0.1:1234", "timeshift": 30}
For such services, the custom HTTP header X-From-MABR is defined:
- for client request, a value of no will disable MABR cache for this request; if absent or value is yes, MABR cache will be used if available
- for client response, a value of yes indicates the content comes from the MABR cache; if absent or value is no or off-edge, the content comes from HTTP (off-edge indicates a request outside of the timeshift buffer)
The dedicated root endpoint /stats returns, the response content type's count (yes, no, off-edge) served by the gateway.
The js option can be set to a JS module exporting the following functions:
* init : (mandatory) The function is called once at the start of the server. Parameters:
  * scfg: the service configuration object
  * return value: must be true if configuration and initialization are successful, false otherwise.
* service_activation : (optional) The function is called when the service is activated or deactivated. Parameters:
  * do_activate (boolean): if true, service is being loaded otherwise it is being unloaded
  * return value: none
* quality_activation : (optional) The function is called when the given quality is to be activated or deactivated. If not present, (de)activation always happens. Parameters (in order):
  * do_activate (boolean): if true, quality is being activated otherwise it is being deactivated
  * service_id (integer): ID of the service as announced in the multicast
  * period_id (string): ID of the DASH Period, ignored (empty) for HLS
  * adaptationSet_ID (integer): ID of the DASH AdaptationSet, ignored (-1) for HLS
  * representation_ID (string): ID of the DASH representation or name of the HLS variant playlist
  * return value: shall be true if activation/deactivation shall proceed and false if activation/deactivation shall be canceled.
* get_mcast_address : (optional) The function is called when the service is activated. Parameters:
  * service_url (string): URL of service for which the multicast adress is queried
  * return value: shall be the multicast address to use for the service or null if no multicast is used (active multicast wil then be deactivated).

File Services

A file system directory can be exposed as a service.
Service configuration parameters used : local (mandatory), sources (mandatory), gcache and keepalive.
The local service configuration option must be set to the desired service path, and the sources service configuration option must one or more valid sources.
Each source is either a file, a directory or a remote URL.
Configuration for exposing a directory:
{ "local": "/dserv/", "sources": [ { "name": "foo/", "url": "my_dir/" } ] }
This service will expose the content of directory my_dir/* as http://localhost/dserv/foo/*.
In this mode, file serving is handled directly by httpout filter and no memory caching is used.
If the source is a remote HTTP one, the gcache option will indicate if GPAC local cache shall be used.

Module development

A JS module can be specified using the js option in the service configuration. The module export functions are:

  init (mandatory)
The function is called once at the start of the server
Parameter: the service configuration object
return value must be true if configuration and initialization are successful, false otherwise

  resolve (mandatory)
Parameter: an HTTP request object from GPAC
The function returns an array of two values [result, delay]:
* result: null if error, a resolved string indicating either a local file or the reply body, or an object
* delay: if true, the reply is being delayed by the module for later processing
When an object is returned, the request is handled by the JS module in charge of sending the reply and reading the data. The object shall have the following properties:
* read: same semantics as the request read method
* on_close: optional function called when the request is closed

Built-in modules

  Source Remultiplexer
Module is loaded when using js=remux
This module remultiplexes the source files in a desired format without transcoding.
Service configuration parameters used : local (mandatory), sources (mandatory).
Service configuration additional parameters
* fmt: default format to use (default is mp4). Supported formats are:
  * `src`: no remultiplexing
  * `mp4`: fragmented MP4
  * `ts`: MPEG-2 TS
  * `gsf`: GPAC streaming format
  * `dash`: MPEG-DASH format, single quality
  * `hls`: HLS format, single quality
Sources are described using the sources array in the service configuration.
CGI parameters for request are:
* fmt: (string, same as service configuration fmt) multiplexing format. If set to src, all other CGI parameters are ignored.
* start: (number, default 0) start time in second of re-multiplexed content.
* speed: (number, default 1) speed (>=0), keep video stream only and remove non SAP frames.
* media: (string, default av) media filtering type
  * 'av': keep both audio and video
  * 'a': keep only audio
  * 'v': keep only video
Configuration for serving a directory with remultiplexing to mp4:
{"local": "/service1/", "js": "remux", "sources": [{"name": "vids", "url": "/path/to/vids/"}], "fmt": "mp4"}

Options (expert):

scfg (str): service configuration file
quit (bool, default: false): exit server once last service has been deactivated

avmix

Description: Audio Video mixer
Author: GPAC team
AVMix is an audio video mixer controlled by an updatable JSON playlist format. The filter can be used to:
- schedule video sequence(s) over time
- mix videos together
- layout of multiple videos
- overlay images, text and graphics over source videos
All input streams are decoded prior to entering the mixer.
- audio streams are mixed in software
- video streams are composed according to the gpu option
- other stream types are not yet supported
OpenGL hardware acceleration can be used, but the supported feature set is currently not the same with or without GPU.
In software mode, the mixer will detect whether any of the currently active video sources can be used as a base canvas for the output to save processing time.
The default behavior is to do this detection only at the first generated frame, use dynpfmt to modify this.
The filter can be extended through JavaScript modules. Currently only scenes and transition effects use this feature.

Live vs offline

When operating offline, the mixer will wait for video frames to be ready for 10 times lwait. After this timeout, the filter will abort if no input is available.
This implies that there shall always be a media to compose, i.e. no "holes" in the timeline.
Note: The playlist is still refreshed in offline mode.
When operating live, the mixer will initially wait for video frames to be ready for lwait seconds. After this initial timeout, the output frames will indicate:
- 'No signal' if no input is available (no source frames) or no scene is defined
- 'Signal lost' if no new input data has been received for lwait on a source

Playlist Format

  Overview
The main components in a playlist are:
* Media sources and sequences: each source is described by one or more URL to the media data, and each sequence is a set of sources to be played continuously
* Transitions: sources in a sequence can be combined using transitions
* Scenes: a scene describes one graphical object to put on screen and if and how input video are mapped on objects
* Groups: a group is a hierarchy of scenes and groups with positioning properties, and can also be used to create offscreen images reused by other elements
* Timers: a timer can be used to animate scene parameters in various fashions
The playlist content shall be either a single JSON object or an array of JSON objects, hereafter called root objects.
Root objects types can be indicated through a type property:
* seq: a sequence object
* url: a source object (if used as root, a default sequence object will be created)
* scene: a scene object
* group: a group object
* timer: a timer object
* script: a script object
* config: a config object
* watch: a watcher object
* style: a style object
Except for style, the type property of root objects is usually not needed as the parser guesses the object types from its properties.
A root object with a property skip set to anything but 0 or false is ignored.
Within a group hierarchy, any scene or group object with a property skip set to anything but 0 or false is ignored.
Any unrecognized property not starting with _ will be reported as warning.

  Colors
Colors are handled as strings, formatted as:
- the DOM color name (see gpac -h colors)
- HTML codes $RRGGBB or #RRGGBB
- RGB hex vales 0xRRGGBB
- RGBA hex values 0xAARRGGBB
- the color none is 0x00000000, its signification depends on the object using it.
If JS code needs to manipulate colors, use sys.color_lerp and sys.color_component functions.

  JS Hooks
Some object types allow for custom JS code to be executed.
The script code can either be the value of the property, or located in a file indicated in the property.
The code is turned into a function (i.e. new Function(args, js_code)) upon initial playlist parsing or reload, hereafter called JSFun.
The JSFun arguments and return value are dependent on the parent object type.
The parent object is exposed as this in JSFun and can be used to store context information for the JS code.
The code can use the global functions and modules defined, especially:
* sys: GPAC system module
* evg: GPAC EVG module
* os: QuickJS OS module
* video_playing: video playing state
* audio_playing: audio playing state
* video_time: output video time
* video_timescale: output video timescale
* video_width: output video width
* video_height: output video height
* audio_time: output audio time
* audio_timescale: output audio timescale
* samplerate: output audio samplerate
* channels: output audio channels
* current_utc_clock: current UTC clock in ms
* get_media_time: gets media time of output (no argument) or of source with id matching the first argument. Return
  * -4: not found
  * -3: not playing
  * -2: in prefetch
  * -1: timing not yet known
  * value: media time in seconds (float)
* resolve_url: resolves URL given in first argument against media playlist URL and returns the resolved url (string)
* get_scene(id): gets scene with given ID
* get_group(id): gets group with given ID
* mouse_over(evt): returns scene under mouse described by a GPAC event, or null if no scene (picking for scenes with perspective projection is not supported)
* mouse_over(x, y): returns scene under coordinates {x, y} in pixels, {0,0} representing the center of the frame, x axis oriented towards the right and y axis oriented towards the top
Scene and group options must be accessed through getters and setters:
* scene.get(prop_name): gets the scene option
* scene.set(prop_name, value): sets the scene option
* group.get(prop_name): gets the group option
* group.set(prop_name, value): sets the group option
Warning: Results are undefined if JS code modifies the scene/group objects in any other way.
Other playlist objects (as well as scene and group objects) can be queried using query_element(ID, propName) or modified using update_element(ID, propName, value) (see playlist update below).
Warning: There is no protection of global variables and state, write your script carefully!
Additionally, scripts executed within scene modules can modify the internal playlist using:
* remove_element(ID): removes a scene, group, sequence, timer, script or watcher with given ID from playlist
* parse_element(JSON): parses a root playlist element and add it to the current playlist
* parse_scene(JSON, parent): parses a scene and add it to parent group if not null or root otherwise
* parse_group(JSON, parent): parses a group and add it to parent group if not null or root otherwise
* reload_playlist(JSON): parses a new playlist (an empty JSON array will reset the playlist). If the calling scene is no longer in the resulting scene tree, it will be added to the root of the scene tree.
All these playlist-related functions must be called within the update() callback of the scene module.

  Sequences

Properties for sequence objects:
 * id (null): sequence identifier
 * loop (0): number of loops for the sequence (0 means no loop, -1 will loop forever)
 * start (0): sequence start time (see notes). If negative, the sequence is not active
 * stop (0): sequence stop time (see notes). If less than start, the sequence will stop only when over
 * transition (null): a transition object to apply between sources of the sequence
 * seq ([]): array of one or more source objects

Notes
Media source timing does not depend on the media being used by a scene or not, it is only governed by the sequence parameters.
This means that a sequence not used by any active scene will not be rendered (video nor audio).
The syntax for start and stop fields is:
* `now`: resolves to current UTC clock in live mode, and to 0 for non-live mode
* date: converted to UTC date in live mode, and to 0 for non-live mode
* N: converted to current utc clock (or 0 for non-live mode) plus N seconds UTC
* "N": converted to current utc clock (or 0 for non-live mode) plus N seconds UTC
In 'live' mode, if start is set using a UTC date, the sequence will have a start range equal to MAX(current_UTC - start_in_UTC, 0). Some sources may be skipped to fulfill this condition.
This allows different instances of the filter using the same playlist to initialize media time in the same fashion.
When reloading the playlist:
- if the sequence is active, start value is ignored
- if the sequence was not started, start value is updated
- if the sequence was over, start value is updated only of greater than previous resolved UTC start time.

  Sources

Properties for source objects
* id (null): source identifier, used when reloading the playlist
* src ([]): list of sourceURL describing the URLs to play. Multiple sources will be played in parallel
* start (0.0): media start time in source
* stop (0.0): media stop time in source, ignored if less than or equal to start
* mix (true): if true, apply sequence transition or mix effect ratio as audio volume. Otherwise volume is not modified by transitions.
* fade ('inout'): indicate how audio should be faded at stream start/end:
  * in: audio fade-in when playing first frame
  * out: audio fade-out when playing last frame
  * inout: both fade-in and fade-out are enabled
  * other: no audio fade
* keep_alive (false): if using a dedicated gpac process for one or more input, relaunch process(es) at source end if exit code is greater than 2 or if not responding after rtimeout
* seek (false): if true and keep_alive is active, adjust start according to the time elapsed since source start when relaunching process(es)
* prefetch (500): prefetch duration in ms (play before start time of source), 0 for no prefetch
* hold (false): if media duration is known and media stop time is greater than media duration, activate no signal mode until desired stop time is reached (disable transition), otherwise move to next source at end of stream

  Source Locations

Properties for sourceURL objects
* id (null): source URL identifier, used when reloading the playlist
* in (null): input URL or filter chain to load as string. Words starting with - are ignored. The first entry must specify a source URL, and additional filters and links can be specified using @N[#LINKOPT] and @@N[#LINKOPT] syntax, as in gpac
* port (null): input port for source. Possible values are:
  * pipe: launch a gpac process to play the source using GSF format over pipe
  * tcp, tcpu: launch a gpac process to play the source using GSF format over TCP socket (tcp) or unix domain TCP socket (tcpu)
  * not specified or empty string: loads source using the current process
  * other: use value as input filter declaration and launch in as a dedicated process (e.g. in="ffmpeg ..." port="pipe://...")
* opts (null): options for the gpac process instance when using a dedicated gpac process, ignored otherwise
* media ('all'): filter input media by type, a for audio, v for video, t for text (several characters allowed, e.g. av or va), all accept all input media
* raw (true): indicate if input port is decoded AV (true) or compressed AV (false) when using a dedicated gpac process, ignored otherwise

Notes
The special URL scheme ipid:// can be used to locate an input pid by link directives.
Example
in=ipid://#foo=bar
This will use pids having property foo with value bar, regardless of source filter ID.
Example
in=ipid://TEST#foo=bar
This will use pids having property foo with value bar coming from filter with ID TEST.
When using the ipid:// scheme, filter chains cannot be specified (in accepts a single argument) and port is ignored.
The syntax for link directive is the same as in gpac. However, if a listed property is not found on the input pid, the matching will fail.
When launching a child process, the input filter is created first and the child process launched afterwards.
Warning: When launching a child process directly (e.g. in="ffmpeg ..."), any relative URL used in in must be relative to the current working directory.

  2D and 3D transformation

Common properties for group and scene objects
* active (true): indicate if the object is active or not. An inactive object will not be refreshed nor rendered
* x (0): horizontal translation
* y (0): vertical translation
* cx (0): horizontal coordinate of rotation center
* cy (0): vertical coordinate of rotation center
* units ('rel'): unit type for x, y, cx, cy, width and height. Possible values are:
  * rel: units are expressed in percent of current reference (see below)
  * pix: units are expressed in pixels
* rotation (0): rotation angle of the scene in degrees
* hscale (1): horizontal scaling factor to apply to the group
* vscale (1): vertical skewing factor to apply to the scene
* hskew (0): horizontal skewing factor to apply to the scene
* vskew (0): vertical skewing factor to apply to the scene
* zorder (0): display order of the scene or of the offscreen group (ignored for regular groups)
* untransform (false): if true, reset parent tree matrix to identity before computing matrix
* mxjs (null): JS code for matrix evaluation
* z (0): depth translation
* cz (0): depth coordinate of rotation center
* zscale (1): depth scaling factor to apply to the group
* orientation ([0, 0, 1, 0]): scale along the given orientation axis [x, y, z, angle] - see VRML scaleOrientation
* axis ([0, 0, 1]): rotation axis
* position ([0, 0, auto]): camera location
* target ([0, 0, 0]): point where the camera is looking
* up ([0, 1, 0]): camera up vector
* viewport ([0, 0, 100, 100]): viewport for camera
* fov (45): field of view in degrees
* ar (0): camera aspect ratio, 0 means default
* znear (0): near Z plane distance, 0 means default
* zfar (0): far Z plane distance, 0 means default

Coordinate System
Each group or scene is specified in a local coordinate system for which:
- {0,0} represents the center
- X values increase to the right
- Y values increase to the top
- Z values increase towards the eye of a viewer (Z=X^Y)
The 2D local transformation matrix is computed as rotate(cx, cy, rotation) * hskew * vskew * scale(hscale, vscale) * translate(x, y).
The 3D local transformation matrix is computed as translate(x, y, z) * rotate(cx, cy, cz, rotation) * scale(hscale, vscale, zscale). Skewing is not supported for 3D.
The default unit system (rel) is relative to the current established reference space:
- by default, the reference space is {output_width, output_height}, the origin {0,0} being the center of the output frame
- any group with reference=true, width>0 and height>0 establishes a new reference space {group.width, group.height}
Inside a reference space R, relative coordinates are interpreted as follows:
- For horizontal coordinates, 0 means center, -50 means left edge (-R.width/2), 50 means right edge (+R.width/2).
- For vertical coordinates, 0 means center, -50 means bottom edge (-R.height/2), 50 means top edge (+R.height/2).
- For width, 100 means R.width.
- For height, 100 means R.height.
- For depth (z and cz) coordinates, the value is a percent of the reference height (+R.height).
If width=height, the width is set to the computed height of the object.
If height=width, the height is set to the computed width of the object.
For x property, the following special values are defined:
- y will set the value to the computed y of the object.
- -y will set the value to the computed -y of the object.
For y property, the following special values are defined:
- x will set the value to the computed x of the object.
- -x will set the value to the computed -x of the object.
Changing reference is typically needed when creating offscreen groups, so that children relative coordinates are resolved against the offscreen canvas size.
The selection between 2D and 3D is done automatically based on z, cz, axis and orientation values.
The default projection is:
- viewport is the entire output frame
- field of view is PI/4 and aspect ratio is output width/height
- zNear is 0.1 and zFar is 10 times maximum(output width, output height)
- camera up direction is Y axis and camera distance is so that a rectangle facing the camera with z=0 and size equal to output size covers exactly the output frame.
- depth buffer is disabled
The default projection can be changed by setting camera properties at group or scene level. When set on a group, all children of the group will use the given camera properties (camera parameters on children are ignored).
The viewport parameter is specified as an array [x, y, w, h], where:
* x: horizontal coordinate of the viewport center, in group or scene units, or 'y' to use y value, or '-y' to use -y value.
* y: vertical coordinate of the viewport center, in group or scene units, or 'x' to use x value, or '-x' to use -x value.
* w: width of the viewport, in group or scene units, or 'height' to use h value.
* h: height of the viewport, in group or scene units, or 'width' to use w value.

z-ordering
zorder specifies the display order of the element in the offscreen canvas of the enclosing offscreen group, or on the output frame if no offscreen group in parent tree.
This order is independent of the parent group z-ordering. This allows moving objects of a group up and down the display stack without modifying the groups.

Coordinate modifications through JS
The JSFun specified in mxjs has a single parameter tr.
The tr parameter is an object containing the following variables that the code can modify:
* x, y, z, cx, cy, cz, hscale, vscale, zscale, hskew, vskew, rotation, untransform, axis, orientation: these values are initialized to the current group values in local coordinate system units
* update: if set to true, the object matrix will be recomputed at each frame even if no change in the group or scene parameters (always enforced to true if use is set)
* depth: for groups with use, indicates the recursion level of the used element. A value of 0 indicates this is a direct render of the element, otherwise it is a render through use
The JSFun may return false to indicate that the scene should be considered as inactive. Any other return value (undefined or not false) will mark the scene as active.
Example
"mxjs": "tr.rotation = (get_media_time() % 8) * 360 / 8; tr.update=true;"

  Grouping

Properties for group objects
* id (null): group identifier
* scenes ([]): zero or more group or scene objects, cannot be animated or updated
* opacity (1): group opacity
* offscreen ('none'): set group in offscreen mode, cannot be animated or updated. An offscreen mode is not directly visible but can be used in some texture operations. Possible values are:
  * none: regular group
  * mask: offscreen surface is alpha+grey
  * color: offscreen surface is alpha+colors or colors if back_color is set
  * dual: same as color but allows group to be displayed
* scaler (1): when opacity or offscreen rendering is used, offscreen canvas size is divided by this factor (>=1)
* back_color ('none'): when opacity or offscreen rendering is used, fill offscreen canvas with the given color.
* width (-1): when opacity or offscreen rendering is used, limit offscreen width to given value (see below)
* height (-1): when opacity or offscreen rendering is used, limit offscreen height to given value (see below)
* use (null): id of group or scene to re-use
* use_depth (-1): number of recursion allowed for the used element, negative means global max branch depth as indicated by maxdepth
* reverse (false): reverse scenes order before draw
* reference (false): group is a reference space for relative coordinate of children nodes

Notes
The maximum depth of a branch in the scene graph is maxdepth (traversing aborts after this limit).
In offscreen mode, the bounds of the enclosed objects are computed to allocate the offscreen surface, unless width and height are both greater or equal to 0.
Enforcing offscreen size is useful when generating textures for later effects.
Offscreen rendering is always done in software.
When enforcing scaler>1 on a group with opacity==1, offscreen rendering will be used and the scaler applied.
When enforcing width and height on a group with opacity<1, the display may be truncated if children objects are out of the offscreen canvas bounds.

  Scenes

Properties for scene objects
* id (null): scene identifier
* js ('shape'): scene type, either builtin (see below) or path to a JS module, cannot be animated or updated
* sources ([]): list of identifiers of sequences or offscreen groups used by this scene
* width (-1): width of the scene, -1 means reference space width
* height (-1): height of the scene, -1 means reference space height
* mix (null): a transition object to apply if more than one source is set, ignored otherwise
* mix_ratio (-1): mix ratio for transition effect, <=0 means first source only, >=1 means second source only
* volume (1.0): audio volume (0: silence, 1: input volume), this value is not clamped by the mixer.
* fade ('inout'): indicate how audio should be faded at scene activate/deactivate:
  * in: audio fade-in when playing first frame after scene activation
  * out: audio fade-out when playing last frame at scene activation
  * inout: both fade-in and fade-out are enabled
  * other: no audio fade
* autoshow (true): automatically deactivate scene when sequences set in sources are not active
* nosig ('lost'): enable no-signal message for scenes using sequences:
  * no: disable message
  * lost: display message when signal is lost
  * before: display message if source is not yet active
  * all: always display message if source is inactive
* styles ([]): list of style IDs to use
- any other property exposed by the underlying scene JS module.

Notes
Inputs to a scene, whether sequence or offscreen group, must be declared prior to the scene itself.
A default scene will be injected if none is found when initially loading the playlist. If you need to start with an empty output, use a scene with no sequence associated.
If a scene uses one or more sequences and autoshow is not set, the scene will be drawn with no sequence attached if all sequences are inactive (not yet started or over).

  Transitions and Mixing effects

JSON syntax
Properties for transition objects:
* id (null): transition identifier
* type: transition type, either builtin (see below) or path to a JS module
* dur: transition duration (transitions always end at source stop time). Ignored if transition is specified for a scene mix.
* fun (null): JS code modifying the ratio effect
- any other property exposed by the underlying transition module.

Notes
A sequence of two media with playback duration (as indicated in source) of D1 and D2 using a transition of duration DT will result in a sequence lasting D1 + D2 - DT.
The JSFun specified by fun takes one argument ratio and must return the recomputed ratio.
Example
"fun": "return ratio*ratio;"

  Timers and animations

Properties for timer objects
* id (null): id of the timer
* dur (0): duration of the timer in seconds
* loop (false): loops timer when stop is not set
* pause (false): pause timer
* start (-1): start time (see notes), negative value means inactive
* stop (-1): stop time (see notes), ignored if less than start
* keys ([]): list of keys used for interpolation, ordered list between 0.0 and 1.0
* anims ([]): list of animation objects

Properties for animation objects
* values ([]): list of values to interpolate, there must be as many values as there are keys
* color (false): indicate the values are color (as strings)
* angle (false): indicate the interpolation factor is an angle in degree, to convert to radians (interpolation ratio multiplied by PI and divided by 180) before interpolation
* mode ('linear') : interpolation mode:
  * linear: linear interpolation between the values
  * discrete: do not interpolate
  * other: JS code modifying the interpolation ratio
* postfun (null): JS code modifying the interpolation result
* end ('freeze'): behavior at end of animation:
  * freeze: keep last animated values
  * restore: restore targets to their initial values
* targets ([]): list of strings indicating targets properties to modify. Syntax is:
  * ID@option: modifies property option of object with given ID
  * ID@option[IDX]: modifies value at index IDX of array property option of object with given ID

Notes
Currently, only scene, group, transition and script objects can be modified through timers (see playlist updates).
The syntax for start and stop fields is:
* `now`: resolves to current UTC clock in live mode, and to 0 for non-live mode
* date: converted to UTC date in live mode, and to 0 for non-live mode
* N: converted to UTC clock at init plus N seconds for timer objects (absolute offset from timeline init)
* "N": converted to current UTC clock plus N seconds (relative offset from current time) with N a positive or negative number
The JSFun specified by mode has one input parameter interp equal to the interpolation factor and must return the new interpolation factor.
Example
"mode":"return interp*interp;"
The JSFun specified by postfun has two input parameters res (the current interplation result) and interp (the interpolation factor), and must return the new interpolated value.
Example
"postfun": "if (interp<0.5) return res*res; return res;"

  Scripts

Properties for script objects
* id (null): id of the script
* script (null): JavaScript code or path to JavaScript file to execute, cannot be animated or updated
* active (true): indicate if script is active or not

Notes
Script objects allow read and write access to the playlist from script. They currently can only be used to modify scenes and groups and to activate/deactivate other scripts.
The JSFun function specified by fun has no input parameter. The return value (default 0) is the number of seconds (float) to wait until next evaluation of the script.
Example
{ "script": "let s=get_scene('s1'); let rot = s.get('rotation'); rot += 10; s.set('rotation', rot); return 2;" }
This will change scene s1 rotation every 2 seconds

  Watchers

Properties for watcher objects
* id (null): ID of the watcher
* active (true): indicate if watcher is active or not
* watch (""): element watched, formatted as ID@prop, with ID the element ID and prop the property name to watch
* target (""): action for watcher. Allowed syntaxes are:
  * `ID@prop`, `ID@prop[idx]`: copy value to property prop of the element ID (potentially at index idx if specified for arrays)
  * `ID.fun_name`: call function fun_name exported from scene module ID, using three arguments ['value', 'watchID', 'watchPropName'], no return value check
  * otherwise: action must be JS code, and the resulting JSFun has one argument value containing the watched value, and no return value check
* with (undefined): for targets in the form ID@prop, use this value instead of the watched value

Notes
A watcher can be used to monitor changes in an object in the playlist.
Any object property that can be animated or updated can be monitored by a watcher.
In addition, the following virtual properties (cannot be read or write) can be watched:
* sequence.active: value is set to true when sequence is activated, and false when deactivated
* source.active: value is set to true when source playback starts, and false when source playback stops
* timer.active: value is set to true when timer starts, and false when timer stops
Only the active property can be animated or updated in a watcher.
Example
{"watch": "s1@rotation", "target": "s2@rotation"}
This will copy s1.rotation to s2.rotation.
Example
{"watch": "s1@rotation", "target": "get_scene('s2').set('rotation', -value);" }
This will copy the -1*s1.rotation to s2.rotation.

Watching UI events
Watchers can also be used to monitor GPAC user events by setting watch to:
- an event name to monitor, one of keydown, keyup, mousemove, mouseup, mousedown, wheel, textInput
- events to monitor all events (including internal events).
For keyup and keydown events, the key code to watch may additionally be given in parenthesis, e.g. 'watch': 'keyup(T)'.
Note: User events are only sent if the output of the filter is consumed by the vout filter.
When event monitoring is used, the target must be a javascript callback (i.e. it cannot be ID@prop).
The javascript function will be called with a single argument evt containing the GPAC event.
Example
{"watch": "mousemove", "target": "let s = mouse_over(evt); get_scene('s2').set('fill', (s && (s.id=='s1') ? 'white' : 'black' );"}
This will set s1 fill color to white of mouse is over s2 and to black otherwise.

  Styles

Properties for style objects
* id (null): ID of the style
* forced (false): always apply style even when no modifications
* other: any property to share between scene

Notes
A style object allows scenes to share the same values for a given set of properties.
If a scene property has the same name as a style property, the scene property is replaced by the style property.
Styles only apply to scene properties as follows:
- volume, fade, mix_ratio can use style
- all options defined by the scene module can use style
- transformation or other scene properties cannot use style
Properties of a style object can be animated or updated, but a style object cannot be watched.
Styles are applied to each associated scene in order of declaration, e.g. ['st1', 'st2'] and ['st2', 'st1'] will likely give different results.
If force is not set for a style, the style is only applied after being modified (load, animation, update); if a scene uses ['st1', 'st2'] and only st1 is
modified (animation, update), st2 will only be applied once.

  Filter configuration
The playlist may specify configuration options of the filter, using a root object of type 'config':
- property names are the same as the filter options
- property values are given in the native type, or as strings for fractions (format N/D), vectors (format WxH) or enums
- each declared property overrides the filter option of the same name (whether default or set at filter creation)
A configuration object in the playlist is only parsed when initially loading the playlist, and ignored when reloading it.
The following additional properties are defined for testing:
* reload_tests([]): list of playlists to reload
* reload_timeout(1.0): timeout in seconds before playlist reload
* reload_loop (0): number of times to repeat the reload tests (not including original playlist which is not reloaded)

  Playlist modification
The playlist file can be modified at any time.
Objects are identified across playlist reloads through their id property.
Objects that are not present after reloading a playlist are removed from the mixer. This implies that reloading a playlist will recreate most objects with no ID associated.
A sequence object modified between two reloads is refreshed, except for its start field if sequence active.
A source object shall have the same parent sequence between two reloads. Any modification on the object will only be taken into consideration when (re)loading the source.
A sourceURL object is not tracked for modification, only evaluated when activating the parent source object.
A scene or group object modified between two reloads is notified of each changed value.
A timer object modified between two reloads is shut down and restarted. Consequently, animation objects are not tracked between reloads.
A transition object may change between two reloads, but any modification on the object will only be taken into consideration when restarting the effect.
A script object modified between two reloads has its code re-evaluated
A watcher object modified between two reloads has its watch source and code re-evaluated
A style object is not tracked (all styles are reloaded when reloading a playlist).

  Playlist example
The following is an example playlist using a sequence of two videos with a mix transition and an animated video area:
Example
[
 {"id": "seq1", "loop": -1, "start": 0, "seq":
  [
   { "id": "V1", "src": [{"in": "s1.mp4"}], "start": 60, "stop": 80},
   { "id": "V2", "src": [{"in": "s2.mp4"}], "stop": 100}
  ],
  "transition": { "dur": 1, "type": "mix"}
 },
 {"id": "scene1", "sources": ["seq1"]},
 {"start": 0, "dur": 10, "keys": [0, 1], "anims":
  [
   {"values": [50, 0], "targets": ["scene1@x", "scene1@y"]},
   {"values": [0, 100], "targets": ["scene1@width", "scene1@height"]}
  ]
 }
]

Updates Format

Updates can be sent to modify the playlist, rather than reloading the entire playlist.
Updates are read from a separate file specified in updates, inactive by default.
Warning: The updates file is only read when modified AFTER the initialization of the filter.
The updates file content shall be either a single JSON object or an array of JSON objects.
The properties of these objects are:
* skip: if true or 1, ignores the update, otherwise apply it
* replace: string identifying the target replacement. Syntax is:
  * ID@name: indicate property name of element with given ID to replace
  * ID@name[idx]: indicate the index in the property name of element with given ID to replace
* with: replacement value, must be of the same type as the target value.
An id property cannot be updated.
The following playlist elements of a playlist can be updated:
* scene: all properties except js and read-only module properties
* group: all properties except scenes and offscreen
* sequence: start, stop, loop and transition properties
* timer: start, stop, loop, pause and dur properties
* transition: all properties
  * for sequence transitions: most of these properties will only be updated at next reload
  * for active scene transitions: whether these changes are applied right away depend on the transition module
Example
[
 {"replace": "scene1@x", "with": 20},
 {"replace": "seq1@start", "with": "now"}
]

Scene modules

  Scene clear
This scene clears the canvas area covered by the scene with a given color.
The default clear color of the mixer is black.
The clear area is always axis-aligned in output frame, so when skew/rotation are present, the axis-aligned bounding box of the transformed scene area will be cleared.
Options:
* color ('none'): clear color

  Scene clip
This scene resets the canvas clipper or sets the canvas clipper to the scene area.
The clipper is always axis-aligned in output frame, so when skew/rotation are present, the axis-aligned bounding box of the transformed clipper will be used.
Clippers are handled through a stack, resetting the clipper pops the stack and restores previous clipper.
If a clipper is already defined when setting the clipper, the clipper set is the intersection of the two clippers.
Options:
* reset (false): if set, reset clipper otherwise set it to scene position and size
* stack (true): if false, clipper is set/reset independently of the clipper stack (no intersection, no push/pop of the stack)

  Scene mask
This scene sets the canvas alpha mask mode.
The canvas alpha mask is always full screen.
In software mode, combining mask effect in record mode and reverse group drawing allows drawing front to back while writing pixels only once.
Options:
* mode ('off'): if set, reset clipper otherwise set it to scene position and size
  * off: mask is disabled
  * on: mask is enabled and cleared, further draw operations will take place on mask
  * onkeep: mask is enabled but not cleared, further draw operations will take place on mask
  * use: mask is enabled, further draw operations will be filtered by mask
  * use_inv: mask is enabled, further draw operations will be filtered by 1-mask
  * rec: mask is in record mode, further draw operations will be drawn on output and will set mask value to 0

  Scene shape
This scene can be used to setup a shape, its outline and specify the fill and strike modes.
Supported shapes include:
- a variety of rectangles, ellipse and other polygons
- custom paths specified from JS
- text
The color modes for shapes and outlines include:
- texturing using data from input media streams (shape fill only)
- texturing using local JPEG and PNG files (shape fill only)
- solid color
- linear and radial gradients
The default scene is optimized to fallback to fast blit when no transformations are used on a straight rectangle shape.
All options can be updated at run time.
The module accepts 0, 1 or 2 sequences as input.
Color replacement operations can be specified for base scenes using source videos by specifying the replace option. The replacement source is:
- the image data if img is set, potentially altered using *_rep options
- otherwise a linear gradient if fill=linear or a radial gradient if fill=radial (NOT supported in GPU mode, use an offscreen group for this).
Warning: Color replacement operations cannot be used with transition or mix effects.

  Text options
Text can be loaded from file if text[0] is an existing local file.
By default all lines are loaded. The number of loaded lines can be specified using text[1] as follows:
* 0 or not present: all lines are loaded
* N > 0: only keep the last N lines
* N < 0: only keep the first N lines
Text loaded from file will be refreshed whenever the file is modified.
Predefined keywords can be used in input text, identified as $KEYWORD$. The following keywords (case insensitive) are defined:
* time: replaced by UTC date
* ltime: replaced by locale date
* date: replaced by date (Y/M/D)
* ldate: replaced by locale date (Y/M/D)
* mtime: replaced by output media time
* mtime_SRC: replaced by media time of input source SRC
* cpu: replaced by current CPU usage of process
* mem: replaced by current memory usage of process
* version: replaced by GPAC version
* fversion: replaced by GPAC full version
* P4CC, PropName: replaced by corresponding PID property

  Custom paths
Custom paths (shapes) can be created through JS code indicated in 'shape', either inline or through a file.
The following GPAC JS modules are imported:
 - Sys as sys
 - All EVG as evg
 - os form QuickJS
See https://doxygen.gpac.io for more information on EVG and Sys JS APIs.
The code is exposed the scene as this. The variable this.path is created, representing an empty path.
Example
"shape": "this.path.add_rectangle(0, 0, this.width, this.height); let el = new evg.Path().ellipse(0, 0, this.width, this.height/3); this.path.add_path(el);"
The default behaviour is to use the shape width and height as reference size for texture mapping.
If your custom path is textured, with bounding rectangle size different from the indicated shape size, set the variable this.tx_adjust to true.
In the previous example, the texture mapping will not be impacted by the custom path size.
Example
"shape": "this.path.add_rectangle(0, 0, this.width, this.height); let el = new evg.Path().ellipse(0, 0, this.width, this.height/3); this.path.add_path(el); this.tx_adjust = true;"
In this example, the texture mapping will be adjusted to the desired size.
The global variables and functions are available (c.f. gpac -h avmix:global):
 * get_media_time(): return media time in seconds (float) of output
 * get_media_time(SRC): get time of source with id SRC, return -4 if not found, -3 if not playing, -2 if in prefetch, -1 if timing not yet known, media time in seconds (float) otherwise
 * current_utc_clock: current UTC time in ms
 * video_time: output video time
 * video_timescale: output video timescale
 * video_width: output video width
 * video_height: output video height
If your path needs to be reevaluated on regular basis, set the value this.reload to the timeout to next reload, in milliseconds.
Options:
* rx (0): horizontal radius for rounded rect in percent of object width if positive, in absolute value if negative, value y means use ry
* ry (0): vertical radius for rounded rect in percent of object height if positive, in absolute value if negative, value x means use rx
* tl (1): top-left corner scaler (positive, 0 disables corner)
* bl (1): bottom-left corner scaler (positive, 0 disables corner)
* tr (1): top-right corner scaler (positive, 0 disables corner)
* br (1): bottom-right corner scaler (positive, 0 disables corner)
* rs (false): repeat texture horizontally
* rt (false): repeat texture vertically
* keep_ar (true): keep aspect ratio
* pad_color ('0x00FFFFFF'): color to use for texture padding if rs or rt are false. Use none to use texture edge, 0x00FFFFFF for transparent (always enforced if source is transparent)
* txmx ([]): texture matrix - all 6 coefficients must be set, i.e. [xx xy tx yx yy ty]
* cmx ([]): color transform - all 20 coefficients must be set in order, i.e. [Mrr, Mrg, Mrb, Mra, Tr, Mgr, Mgg ...]
* line_width (0): line width in percent of width if positive, or absolute value if negative
* line_color ('white'): line color, linear for linear gradient and radial for radial gradient
* line_pos ('center'): line/shape positioning. Possible values are:
  * center: line is centered around shape
  * outside: line is outside the shape
  * inside: line is inside the shape
* line_dash ('plain'): line dashing mode. Possible values are:
  * plain: no dash
  * dash: predefined dash pattern is used
  * dot: predefined dot pattern is used
  * dashdot: predefined dash-dot pattern is used
  * dashdashdot: predefined dash-dash-dot pattern is used
  * dashdotdot: predefined dash-dot-dot pattern is used
* dashes ([]): dash/dot pattern lengths for custom dashes (these will be multiplied by line size)
* cap ('flat'): line end style. Possible values are:
  * flat: flat end
  * round: round end
  * square: square end (extends limit compared to flat)
  * triangle: triangle end
* join ('miter'): line joint style. Possible values are:
  * miter: miter join (straight lines)
  * round: round join
  * bevel: bevel join
  * bevelmiter: bevel+miter join
* miter_limit (2): miter limit for joint styles
* dash_length (-1): length of path to outline, negative values mean full path
* dash_offset (0): offset in path at which the outline starts
* blit (true): use blit if possible, otherwise EVG texturing. If disabled, always use texturing
* fill ('none'): fill color if used without sources, linear for linear gradient and radial for radial gradient
* img (''): image for scene without sources or when replace is set. Accepts either a path to a local image (JPG or PNG), the ID of an offscreen group or the ID of a sequence
* alpha (1): global texture transparency
* replace (''): if img or fill is set and shape is using source, set multi texture option. Possible modes are:
 * a, r, g or b: replace alpha source component by indicated component from img . If prefix - is set, replace by one minus the indicated component
 * m: mix using mix_ratio the color components of source and img and set alpha to full opacity
 * M: mix using mix_ratio all components of source and img, including alpha
 * xC: mix source 1 and source 2 using img component C (a, r, g or b) and force alpha to full opacity
 * XC: mix source 1 and source 2 using img component C (a, r, g or b), including alpha
* shape ('rect'): shape type. Possible values are:
  * rect: rounded rectangle
  * square: square using smaller width/height value
  * ellipse: ellipse
  * circle: circle using smaller width/height value
  * rhombus: axis-aligned rhombus
  * text: force text mode even if text field is empty
  * rects: same as rounded rectangle but use straight lines for corners
  * other value: JS code for custom path creation, either string or local file name (dynamic reload possible)
* grad_p ([]): gradient positions between 0 and 1
* grad_c ([]): gradient colors for each position, as strings
* grad_start ([]): start point for linear gradient or center point for radial gradient
* grad_end ([]): end point for linear gradient or radius value for radial gradient
* grad_focal ([]): focal point for radial gradient
* grad_mode ('pad'): gradient mode. Possible values are:
  * pad: color padding outside of gradient bounds
  * spread: mirror gradient outside of bounds
  * repeat: repeat gradient outside of bounds
* text ([]): text lines (UTF-8 only). If not empty, force shape=text
* font ([]): font name(s)
* size (20): font size in percent of height (horizontal text) or width (vertical text), or absolute value if negative
* baseline ('alphabetic'): baseline position. Possible values are:
  * alphabetic: alphabetic position of baseline
  * top: baseline at top of EM Box
  * hanging: reserved, not implemented
  * middle: baseline at middle of EM Box
  * ideograph: reserved, not implemented
  * bottom: baseline at bottom of EM Box
* align ('center'): horizontal text alignment. Possible values are:
  * center: center of shape
  * start: start of shape (left or right depending on text direction)
  * end: end of shape (right or left depending on text direction)
  * left: left of shape
  * right: right of shape
* spacing (0): line spacing in percent of height (horizontal text) or width (vertical text), or absolute value if negative
* bold (false): use bold version of font
* italic (false): use italic version of font
* underline (false): underline text
* vertical (false): draw text vertically
* flip (false): flip text vertically
* extend (0): maximum text width in percent of width (for horizontal) or height (for vertical), or absolute value if negative
* keep_ar_rep (true): same as keep_ar for local image in replace mode
* txmx_rep ([]): same as txmx for local image in replace mode
* cmx_rep ([]): same as cmx for local image in replace mode
* pad_color_rep ('none'): same as pad_color for local image in replace mode
* rs_rep (false): same as rs for local image in replace mode
* rt_rep (false): same as rt for local image in replace mode

Transition modules

  Transition fade - software/GPU
This transition performs fade to/from color of source videos
Options:
* color ('black'): fade color

  Transition gltrans - GPU only
This transition module wraps gl-transitions, see https://gl-transitions.com/ and gpac -h avmix:gltrans for builtin transitions
Options:
* fx (''): effect name for built-in effects, or path to gl-transition GLSL file

  Transition mix - software/GPU
This transition performs cross-fade of source videos

  Transition swipe - software/GPU
This transition performs simple 2D affine transformations for source videos transitions, with configurable effect origin
Options:
* from ('left'): direction of video 2 entry. Possible values are:
  * left: from left to right edges
  * right: from right to left edges
  * top: from top to bottom edges
  * bottom: from bottom to top edges
  * topleft: from top-left to bottom-right corners
  * topright: from top-right to bottom-left corners
  * bottomleft: from bottom-left to top-right corners
  * bottomright: from bottom-right to top-left corners
* mode ('slide'): how video 2 entry impacts video 1. Possible values are:
  * slide: video 1 position is not modified
  * push: video 2 pushes video 1 away
  * squeeze: video 2 squeezes video 1 along opposite edge
  * grow: video 2 size increases, video 1 not modified
  * swap: video 2 size increases, video 1 size decreases

Options (expert):

pl (str, default: avmix.json): local playlist file to load
live (bool, default: true): live mode
gpu (enum, default: off): enable GPU usage
* off: no GPU
* mix: only render textured path to GPU, use software rasterizer for the outlines, solid fills and gradients
* all: try to use GPU for everything
thread (sint, default: -1): use threads for software rasterizer (-1 for all available cores)
lwait (uint, default: 1000): timeout in ms before considering no signal is present
ltimeout (uint, default: 4000): timeout in ms before restarting child processes
maxdur (dbl, default: 0): run for given seconds and exit, will not abort if 0 (used for live mode tests)
updates (str): local JSON files for playlist updates
maxdepth (uint, default: 100): maximum depth of a branch in the scene graph
vsize (v2d, default: 1920x1080): output video size, 0 disable video output
fps (frac, default: 25): output video frame rate
pfmt (pfmt, default: yuv): output pixel format. Use rgba in GPU mode to force alpha channel
dynpfmt (enum, default: init): allow dynamic change of output pixel format in software mode
* off: pixel format is forced to desired value
* init: pixel format is forced to format of fullscreen input in first generated frame
* all: pixel format changes each time a full-screen input PID at same resolution is used
sr (uint, default: 44100): output audio sample rate, 0 disable audio output
ch (uint, default: 2): number of output audio channels, 0 disable audio output
afmt (afmt, default: s16): output audio format (only s16, s32, flt and dbl are supported)
alen (uint, default: 1024): default number of samples per frame

avgen

Description: AV Counter Generator
Version: 1.0
Author: GPAC Team
This filter generates AV streams representing a counter. Streams can be enabled or disabled using .I type.
The filter is software-based and does not use GPU.
When .I adjust is set, the first video frame is adjusted such that a full circle happens at each exact second according to the system UTC clock.
By default, video UTC and date are computed at each frame generation from current clock and not from frame number.
This will result in broken UTC timing text when playing at speeds other than 1.0.
This can be changed using .I lock.
Audio beep is generated every second, with octave (2xfreq) of even beep used every 10 seconds.
When video is generated, beep is synchronized to video at each exact second.
If NTP injection is used, each video packet (but not audio ones) has a SenderNTP property set; if video is not used, each audio packet has a SenderNTP property set.

Multiple output stream generation

More than one output size can be specified. This will result in multiple sources being generated, one per size.
A size can be specified more than once, resulting in packet references when .I copy is not set, or full copies otherwise.
Target encoding bitrates can be assigned to each output using .I rates. This can be useful when generating dash:
gpac avgen:sizes=1280x720,1920x1080:rates=2M,5M c=aac:FID=1 c=264:FID=2:clone -o live.mpd:SID=1,2

Multiview generation

In multiview mode, only the animated counter will move in depth backward and forward, as indicated by the .I disparity value.
When .I pack is set, a packed stereo couple is generated for each video packet.
Otherwise, when .I views is greater than 2, each view is generated on a dedicated output PID with the property ViewIdx set in [1, views].
Multi-view output forces usage of .I copy mode.

PID Naming

The audio PID is assigned the name audio and ID 1.
If a single video PID is produced, it is assigned the name video and ID 2.
If multiple video PIDs are produced, they are assigned the names videoN and ID N+1, N in [1, sizes].
If multiple .I views are generated, they are assigned the names videoN_vK and ID N*views+K-1, N in [1, sizes], K in [1, views].

Options (expert):

type (enum, default: av): output selection
* a: audio only
* v: video only
* av: audio and video
evte (uint, default: 0): output event stream
* 0: disable
* 1+: period (sec) of dummy events
freq (uint, default: 440): frequency of beep
freq2 (uint, default: 659): frequency of odd beep
sr (uint, default: 44100): output samplerate
flen (uint, default: 1024): output frame length in samples
ch (uint, default: 1): number of channels
alter (bool, default: false): beep alternatively on each channel
blen (uint, default: 50): length of beep in milliseconds
fps (frac, default: 25): video frame rate
sizes (v2il, default: 1280x720): video size in pixels
pfmt (pfmt, default: yuv): output pixel format
lock (bool, default: false): lock timing to video generation
dyn (bool, default: true): move bottom banner
ntp (bool, default: true): send NTP along with packets
copy (bool, default: false): copy the framebuffer into each video packet instead of using packet references
dur (frac, default: 0/0): run for the given time in second
adjust (bool, default: true): adjust start time to synchronize counter and UTC
pack (enum, default: no): packing mode for stereo views
* no: no packing
* ss: side by side packing, forces .I views to 2
* tb: top-bottom packing, forces .I views to 2
disparity (uint, default: 20): disparity in pixels between left-most and right-most views
views (uint, default: 1): number of views
rates (strl): number of target bitrates to assign, one per size
logt (bool): log frame time to console
banner (str, default: many thanks to QuickJS, FreeType, OpenSSL, SDL, FFmpeg, OpenHEVC, libjpeg, libpng, faad2, libmad, a52dec, xvid, OGG ...): banner text to display

EXAMPLES

Basic and advanced examples are available at https://wiki.gpac.io/Filters/Filters

MORE

Authors: GPAC developers, see git repo history (-log)
For bug reports, feature requests, more information and source code, visit https://github.com/gpac/gpac
build: 26.02
Copyright: (c) 2000-2024 Telecom Paris distributed under LGPL v2.1+ - https://gpac.io

SEE ALSO

gpac(1), MP4Box(1)